AS Pseudo Claim Charting Due Diligence US7184707B2

Purpose: Invalidity Analysis

Patent: US7184707B2
Filed: 2000-07-06
Issued: 2007-02-27
Patent Holder: (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC
Inventor(s): Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata

Title: Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device

Abstract: A communication device and a method for controlling a communication device that can load or unload service information at appropriate timings by flexibly designating discriminating conditions of connection or disconnection of a link. A service manager reads out necessary service information, such as service program or driver software, from the information memory area based on discriminating conditions designated in communication controlling information of the communication status. The service manager loads service information to a temporary information memory area in a host device. The service manager also unloads unnecessary service information from the temporary information memory area in the host device. A connection manager then performs communication protocol for communicating between the service information loaded in the temporary information memory area of the host and the service information memory of the device side.

Refer to: Unified Patents PATROLL Contests

Refer to: 2BCom (originally Toshiba Corp) - US 7,184,707 (Communication Device) and Litigation Background (Deadline: September 15, 2020)

Refer to: Pseudo Claim Charts Prepared by Apex Standards for other PATROLL Contests

Disclaimer: The promise of Apex Standards Pseudo Claim Charting (PCC) [ Request Form ] is not to replace expert opinion but to provide due diligence and transparency prior to high precision charting. PCC conducts aggressive mapping (based on Broadest Reasonable, Ordinary or Customary Interpretation and Multilingual Translation) between a target patent's claim elements and other documents (potential technical standard specification or prior arts in the same or across different jurisdictions), therefore allowing for a top-down, apriori evaluation, with which, stakeholders can assess standard essentiality (potential strengths) or invalidity (potential weaknesses) quickly and effectively before making complex, high-value decisions. PCC is designed to relieve initial burden of proof via an exhaustive listing of contextual semantic mapping as potential building blocks towards a litigation-ready work product. Stakeholders may then use the mapping to modify upon shortlisted PCC or identify other relevant materials in order to formulate strategy and achieve further purposes.

Click on references to view corresponding claim charts.

Non-Patent Literature

WIPO Prior Art

EP Prior Art

US Prior Art

CN Prior Art

JP Prior Art

KR Prior Art

Ground	References	Owner of the Reference	Title	Semantic Mapping	Challenged Claims
Ground	References	Owner of the Reference	Title	Semantic Mapping	1	2	3	4	5
1	WIRELESS NETWORKS. 1 (1): 47-60 MAR 1995 (Ayanoglu, 1995)	AT&T Bell Labs	AIRMAIL: A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks	▪ target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues ≈ mobile terminals ▪ service information, using service information ≈ base stations	X	X	X	X	X
2	JPH11355279A (Shigeru Sugaya, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Sony Corp; ソニー株式会社	伝送装置及び伝送方法	▪ service information memory ≈ ネットワ ▪ communication conditions ≈ 条件付き ▪ variation status ≈ 判断手段	X			X
3	JPH11225364A (Daizo Kuroyanagi, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社	移動体通信システム	▪ service information memory, store service information ≈ 通信サービス, するサービス ▪ connection status ≈ 移動端末３ ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ disconnection status ≈ 端末Ｂ	X	X	X	X	X
4	JPH11164359A (Yoshio Nitta, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社	移動体通信システム	▪ determination result, discrimination result ≈ 検出結果 ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ radio communication connection, performing radio communication ≈ センタ	X	X	X	X	X
5	WO9929126A1 (Olaf J. Joeressen, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Nokia Mobile Phones Limited	Integrating communications networks	▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ exchange data ≈ one packet	X	X		X	X
6	EP0987858A1 (Daisuke Akiyama, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corp; NTT Mobile Communications Networks Inc (Current Assignee) NTT Docomo Inc	Packet communication network	▪ radio waves ≈ transmission path resource ▪ service information ≈ packet transmission ▪ variation status ≈ when m	X	X		X	X
7	JP2000138685A (Takanaga Kamo, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Sony Corp; ソニー株式会社	無線伝送制御方法及び無線伝送装置	▪ disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ の無線伝送 ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ service information memory ≈ ネットワ ▪ communication control information ≈ 無線信号	X	X	X	X	X
8	JP2000032320A (Narikazu Tsuji, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Ricoh Co Ltd; 株式会社リコー	デジタルカメラおよびデジタルカメラシステム	▪ discriminating module, radio communication module ≈ 当該制御信号 ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ discrimination result ≈ 検知結果 ▪ communication connection ≈ ライト ▪ radio waves ≈ 被写体	X	X	X	X	X
9	US6005367A (Monty D. Rohde, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Centurion International Inc (Current Assignee) Laird Technologies Inc	Smart power system	▪ disconnection status, disconnection state ≈ software update ▪ discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ smart battery	X	X	X	X	X
10	US6041048A (Paul M. Erickson, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC	Method for providing information packets from a packet switching network to a base site and corresponding communication system	▪ service information memory, communication control information ≈ radio communication devices ▪ exchange data ≈ respective plurality	X	X	X	X	X
11	US6084919A (John Eric Kleider, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) General Dynamics Mission Systems Inc	Communication unit having spectral adaptability	▪ store service information ≈ receive unit ▪ power level ≈ power level	X	X		X
12	US6055062A (Daniel Dina, 2000)	(Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) Hewlett Packard Development Co LP	Electronic printer having wireless power and communications connections to accessory units	▪ connection status ≈ second microcontroller, interrupt signal ▪ exchanges data ≈ voltage drop	X	X			X
13	US5974328A (William Chien-Yeh Lee, 1999)	(Original Assignee) AirTouch Communications Inc (Current Assignee) Cellco Partnership Co	Rapid system access and registration in mobile phone systems	▪ service memory ≈ more storage ▪ connection state, using service information ≈ using one	X	X			X
14	US5781628A (Vladimir Alperovich, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Ericsson Inc (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc	System and method for selective restriction of ciphering	▪ radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection ≈ said mobile terminal ▪ target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues ≈ mobile terminals	X	X	X	X	X
15	US5867666A (Andrew Harvey, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Cisco Systems Inc (Current Assignee) Cisco Systems Inc	Virtual interfaces with dynamic binding	▪ radio communication connection ≈ interface control ▪ exchanges data ≈ virtual port	X	X		X	X
16	JPH118879A (Kiyoshi Obata, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp; 三菱電機株式会社	無線基地局	▪ radio waves ≈ 上記制御チャネル ▪ power level ≈ 最大レベル				X
17	JPH10322733A (Koji Sekine, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社	多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式	▪ determination result, discrimination result ≈ 検索結果 ▪ store service information ≈ 前記各	X				X
18	CN1167380A (玉川俊光, 1997)	(Original Assignee) 罗姆股份有限公司	光通信装置	▪ disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ 的驱动装置 ▪ store service information ≈ 通信装 ▪ power level ≈ 的第三	X	X	X	X
19	JPH10271041A (Tsutomu Ohashi, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Brother Ind Ltd; ブラザー工業株式会社	無線通信装置	▪ power level ≈ 所定レベル ▪ disconnection status ≈ 開手段	X	X		X
20	US5918164A (Akira Takahashi, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) Toshiba Corp	Radio communication apparatus	▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ discrimination result ≈ second comparing	X	X		X	X
21	US5987020A (Masami Abe, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd (Current Assignee) Canon Inc	Intermittent transmission control system	▪ target communication terminal ≈ interval information ▪ communication controlling information memory ≈ cyclic redundancy	X	X	X	X	X
22	WO9740638A1 (Patric Lind, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Telia Ab (Publ)	Method and device at a multisubscription terminal for selecting an access network in a multinetwork environment	▪ radio communication module, radio communication connection ≈ telecommunications system ▪ communication connection ≈ new access	X	X		X	X
23	US6014087A (Anjur Sundaresan Krishnakumar, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) Nokia of America Corp	Variable contention transmission media access based on idle waiting time	▪ information memory ≈ said determination ▪ discrimination result ≈ waiting time	X	X			X
24	US6032040A (Vincent H. Choy, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) Nokia of America Corp	Method and system for autoreconnect of wireless calls	▪ radio communication connection ≈ wireless resources ▪ designating module ≈ storage medium	X	X		X	X
25	JPH10155184A (Takeaki Minamizawa, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社	アドホック通信ネットワークシステム	▪ determination result, discrimination result ≈ 測定結果 ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ service information memory ≈ ネットワ	X	X	X	X	X
26	US6002918A (Frederic Heiman, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC (Current Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC	Power-saving arrangement and method for mobile units in communications network	▪ variation status ≈ host computer ▪ service information memory, store service information ≈ battery life	X	X		X	X
27	JPH10145276A (Takeaki Minamizawa, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社	アドホックネットワークシステムとその接続方法	▪ communication device, communication control information ≈ システム, データ ▪ determination result, discrimination result ≈ 測定結果, の結果 ▪ exchange data ≈ 残容量	X	X	X	X	X
28	WO9716934A1 (Jarl Larsson, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Jarlab Ab	Telecommunications system	▪ radio communication module, radio communication connection ≈ telecommunications system ▪ disconnection status, disconnection state ≈ call connection ▪ using service information ≈ data connection	X	X		X	X
29	US6047175A (Michael L. Trompower, 2000)	(Original Assignee) Aironet Wireless Communications Inc (Current Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc	Wireless communication method and device with auxiliary receiver for selecting different channels	▪ determination result ≈ received signal strength indicator ▪ communication conditions ≈ communication conditions ▪ discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ different bandwidths ▪ communication device ≈ communication device	X	X	X	X	X
30	US5857143A (Nobuhisa Kataoka, 1999)	(Original Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp (Current Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp	Channel allocation method used for mobile type communication devices	▪ communication device ≈ communication device ▪ detecting command ≈ count value ▪ power level ≈ power level	X	X	X	X	X
31	JPH09307959A (Kyoya Inaba, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Nec Commun Syst Ltd; 日本電気通信システム株式会社	移動体通信方式	▪ exchange data, exchanges data ≈ の交換 ▪ information memory ≈ の通話	X	X			X
32	US5850189A (Jiro Sakanaka, 1998)	(Original Assignee) International Business Machines Corp (Current Assignee) Lenovo PC International Ltd	Apparatus and method for infrared communication	▪ discrimination result ≈ remote control signal ▪ using service information ≈ numeric value	X				X
33	EP0795991A1 (Enrico Guglielmo Coiera, 1997)	(Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) HP Inc	Communications system	▪ service memory ≈ Short Message Service ▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ processing means ▪ radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection ≈ channel monitor	X	X	X	X	X
34	US5751719A (Kuo-Wei Herman Chen, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) SOUND VIEW INNOVATIONS LLC ; Alcatel Lucent SAS ; AT&T Corp	Method and system for data transfer in the presence of disconnects	▪ performing communication ≈ performing communication ▪ communication conditions ≈ acknowledgment signal ▪ service information ≈ packet transmission ▪ detecting command ≈ count value	X	X	X		X
35	US5666661A (Gary W. Grube, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC	Method for automatically bypassing the use of a communication system infrastructure	▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ first location ▪ power level ≈ power level			X	X
36	US5677918A (Phieu Moc Tran, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC	Method and device for efficient error correction in a packet-switched communication system	▪ service information ≈ packet transmission ▪ communication controlling information memory ≈ cyclic redundancy ▪ exchange data ≈ ion layer	X	X			X
37	US5774668A (Philippe Choquier, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Microsoft Corp (Current Assignee) Microsoft Technology Licensing LLC	System for on-line service in which gateway computer uses service map which includes loading condition of servers broadcasted by application servers for load balancing	▪ discrimination result ≈ different quantities ▪ power level ≈ network bandwidth ▪ information memory ≈ control protocol ▪ store service information, communication controlling information ≈ respective data, data connection ▪ detecting command ≈ count value ▪ disconnection state ≈ said load ▪ disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ load data	X	X	X	X	X
38	US5585952A (Akira Imai, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp (Current Assignee) Sharp Corp	Communication apparatus automatically selecting one of two operation modes	▪ exchanges data ≈ communication media ▪ communication controlling information memory ≈ out operation		X			X
39	US5509121A (Yukio Nakata, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Hitachi Ltd (Current Assignee) Hitachi Ltd	Multi-protocol communication control apparatus	▪ using service information ≈ predetermined application ▪ radio communication connection ≈ interface control ▪ communication conditions ≈ mapping process	X	X		X	X
40	US5563943A (Tomoyoshi Takebayashi, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd (Current Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd	ISDN interface unit with separate ring generator	▪ designating module ≈ signal generator ▪ detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ signal output	X	X	X	X
41	US5638373A (Tomoyoshi Takebayashi, 1997)	(Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd (Current Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd	ISDN interface unit	▪ detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ signal output ▪ performing radio communication ≈ signal input			X	X	X
42	US5570352A (Petri Poyhonen, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Nokia Networks Oy (Current Assignee) Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy	Digital cellular network/system with mobile stations communicating with base stations using frequency-hopping and having enhanced effect of interference diversity	▪ target communication terminal issues ≈ cellular network ▪ exchange data ≈ mobile stations ▪ service information, using service information ≈ base stations	X	X	X		X
43	US5608324A (Toshio Yoshida, 1997)	(Original Assignee) NEC Corp (Current Assignee) NEC Corp	Apparatus for detecting a remaining capacity of a battery in a portable data transmission/reception device	▪ exchange data ≈ characteristic curve ▪ radio waves ≈ transmission data ▪ service information memory, store service information ≈ battery life ▪ existing radio communication connection ≈ minimum time	X	X		X	X
44	US5541954A (Tetsuichi Emi, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Sanyo Electric Co Ltd (Current Assignee) Sanyo Electric Co Ltd	Frequency hopping communication method and apparatus changing a hopping frequency as a result of a counted number of errors	▪ performing communication ≈ performing communication ▪ store service information ≈ receive unit ▪ connection status ≈ sending data ▪ discrimination result ≈ unit changes	X	X			X
45	US5752185A (Sudhir Raman Ahuja, 1998)	(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) AT&T Corp ; Nokia of America Corp	Disconnection management system for wireless voice communications	▪ disconnection status ≈ communication service ▪ communication device, performing communication ≈ first link	X	X	X	X	X
46	US5546397A (Ronald L. Mahany, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Norand Corp (Current Assignee) Avago Technologies General IP Singapore Pte Ltd ; Innovatio IP Ventures LLC	High reliability access point for wireless local area network	▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ processing means ▪ communication control module, radio communication control module ≈ RF transmission ▪ connection state, using service information ≈ using one	X	X	X	X	X
47	US5574774A (Bjorn G. D. Ahlberg, 1996)	(Original Assignee) Ericsson Inc (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc	Method and apparatus of maintaining an open communications channel between a cellular terminal and an associated cellular radio network	▪ target communication terminal issues ≈ cellular network ▪ target communication terminal ≈ other terminals ▪ radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection ≈ channel monitor ▪ service information, using service information ≈ base stations ▪ communication connection ≈ new access	X	X	X	X	X
48	JPH07203543A (Akinori Hirukawa, 1995)	(Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社	Ｔｄｍａフレーム同期方法	▪ power level ≈ の送信信号 ▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ target communication terminal ≈ の位相	X	X	X	X	X
49	EP0584464A1 (Hideki c/o Intellectual Property Division Mimura, 1994)	(Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) Toshiba Corp	Infrared ray receiving and transmitting system	▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ processing means ▪ discrimination result ≈ set time			X	X	X
50	US5448561A (Karl-Heinz Kaiser, 1995)	(Original Assignee) Robert Bosch GmbH (Current Assignee) Robert Bosch GmbH	Method & apparatus for data exchange in data processing installations	▪ connection status ≈ connection status ▪ radio communication module ≈ interface units ▪ service information memory, service memory ≈ said sequence	X	X
51	US5448750A (Hakan O. Eriksson, 1995)	(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB (Current Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB	Segregation method of dynamic channel allocation in a mobile radio system	▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ exchange data ≈ mobile stations ▪ target communication terminal ≈ service areas	X	X	X	X	X
52	JPH05175985A (Eiichiro Takahashi, 1993)	(Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd; 富士通株式会社	多階層複合呼制御方式	▪ communication device, communication control information ≈ データ ▪ communication connection ≈ ＭＢＳ	X	X	X	X	X
53	JPH05145481A (Izumi Asano, 1993)	(Original Assignee) Nec Commun Syst Ltd; Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社; 日本電気通信システム株式会社	無線交換システムの呼再確立方式	▪ exchange data, radio communication module configured to exchange data ≈ 交換システム ▪ disconnection status ≈ 開手段	X	X
54	JPH0530150A (Katsuji Noguchi, 1993)	(Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社	通信制御方法	▪ communication device ≈ システム ▪ service information memory ≈ ネットワ ▪ radio communication connection ≈ 処理部	X	X	X	X	X
55	US5208812A (Michael T. Dudek, 1993)	(Original Assignee) British Telecommunications PLC; Telent Technologies Services Ltd; STC PLC; Mercury Communications Ltd; Orbitel Mobile Communications Ltd; Shaye Communications Ltd; Phonepoint Ltd; Ferranti Creditphone Ltd (Current Assignee) NT ; British Telecommunications PLC ; GPT Ltd ; Mercury Communications Ltd ; Lucent Technologies Wireless Ltd ; Orbitel Mobile Communications Ltd ; Shaye Communications Ltd ; Phonepoint Ltd ; Ferranti Creditphone Ltd	Telecommunications system	▪ detecting command ≈ second port ▪ communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions ≈ said form			X
56	US4957348A (Gregory J. May, 1990)	(Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) HP Inc	Optical transceiver with multiple communication modes	▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ processing means ▪ communication control module ≈ focal distance	X	X	X	X
57	US4841526A (Jon C. Wilson, 1989)	(Original Assignee) NTX COMMUNICATIONS Corp A CORP OF CA (Current Assignee) NTX COMMUNICATIONS Corp A CORP OF CA	Data communications system	▪ communication controlling information ≈ first control means ▪ determination result ≈ first window	X	X	X	X
58	US4718081A (Theodore Brenig, 1988)	(Original Assignee) General Electric Co (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc ; General Electric Co	Method and apparatus for reducing handoff errors in a cellular radio telephone communications system	▪ target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues ≈ to transmit signals, telecommunications system ▪ communication control information designating module ≈ frequency signals ▪ communication controlling information includes connection ≈ processing means	X	X	X	X	X
59	US4670899A (George C. Brody, 1987)	(Original Assignee) Northern Telecom Ltd; General Electric Co (Current Assignee) Nortel Networks Ltd ; Ericsson Inc ; General Electric Co	Load balancing for cellular radiotelephone system	▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ information memory ≈ said determination ▪ service information, using service information ≈ base stations	X	X		X	X
60	US4829554A (Michael Barnes, 1989)	(Original Assignee) Harris Corp (Current Assignee) MLMC Ltd	Cellular mobile telephone system and method	▪ power level ≈ circuit to provide control ▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ determination result ≈ reflected signal ▪ target communication terminal ≈ input terminals ▪ communication connection ≈ routing control ▪ performing communication, performing radio communication ≈ said operation ▪ service information memory, service memory ≈ said sequence ▪ detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ signal output ▪ temporary memory ≈ include means ▪ communication control information, communication conditions ≈ second zone, first zone	X	X	X	X	X
61	US4701946A (Raymond A. Oliva, 1987)	(Original Assignee) Oliva Raymond A; Metz Joseph S	Device for controlling the application of power to a computer	▪ communication device ≈ communication device ▪ disconnection discriminating conditions ≈ one line	X	X	X	X	X
62	US4398296A (Geoffrey F. Gott, 1983)	(Original Assignee) SECRETARY OF STATE FOR DEFENCE OF UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND WHITEHALL LONDON SW1A 2HB ENGLAND; UK Secretary of State for Defence (Current Assignee) UK Secretary of State for Defence	Communication systems	▪ radio communication ≈ radio communication ▪ radio communication module, radio communication control module ≈ one frequency ▪ service information memory, service memory ≈ one band	X	X	X	X	X
63	JP2917966B2 (康治関根, 1999)	(Original Assignee) 日本電気株式会社	多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式	▪ determination result, discrimination result ≈ 検索結果 ▪ store service information ≈ 前記各	X				X

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	WIRELESS NETWORKS. 1 (1): 47-60 MAR 1995 Publication Year: 1995 AIRMAIL: A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks AT&T Bell Labs Ayanoglu, Paul, Laporta, Sabnani, Gitlin
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) over a network ; a service information (base stations) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	AIRMAIL : A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks . This paper describes the design and performance of a link-layer protocol for indoor and outdoor wireless networks . The protocol is asymmetric to reduce the processing load at the mobile , reliability is established by a combination of automatic repeat request and forward error correction , and link-layer packets are transferred appropriately during handoffs . The protocol is named AIRMAIL (Asymmetric Reliable Mobile Access In Link-layer) . The asymmetry is needed in the design because the mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) have limited power and smaller processing capability than the base stations (service information, using service information) . The key ideas in the asymmetric protocol design consist of placing bulk of the intelligence in the base station as opposed to placing it symmetrically , in requiring the mobile terminal to combine several acknowledgments into a single acknowledgment to conserve power , and in designing the base stations to send periodic status messages , while making the acknowledgment from the mobile terminal event-driven . The asymmetry in the protocol design results in a one-third reduction of compiled code . The forward error correction technique incorporates three levels of channel coding which interact adaptively . The motivation for using a combination of forward error correction and link-layer retransmissions is to obtain better performance in terms of end-to-end throughput and latency by correcting errors in an unreliable wireless channel in addition to end-to-end correction rather than by correcting errors only by end-to-end retransmissions . The coding overhead is changed adaptively so that bandwidth expansion due to forward error correction is minimized . Integrity of the link during handoffs (in the face of mobility) is handled by window management and state transfer . The protocol has been implemented . Experimental performance results based on the implementation are presented .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (base stations) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	AIRMAIL : A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks . This paper describes the design and performance of a link-layer protocol for indoor and outdoor wireless networks . The protocol is asymmetric to reduce the processing load at the mobile , reliability is established by a combination of automatic repeat request and forward error correction , and link-layer packets are transferred appropriately during handoffs . The protocol is named AIRMAIL (Asymmetric Reliable Mobile Access In Link-layer) . The asymmetry is needed in the design because the mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) have limited power and smaller processing capability than the base stations (service information, using service information) . The key ideas in the asymmetric protocol design consist of placing bulk of the intelligence in the base station as opposed to placing it symmetrically , in requiring the mobile terminal to combine several acknowledgments into a single acknowledgment to conserve power , and in designing the base stations to send periodic status messages , while making the acknowledgment from the mobile terminal event-driven . The asymmetry in the protocol design results in a one-third reduction of compiled code . The forward error correction technique incorporates three levels of channel coding which interact adaptively . The motivation for using a combination of forward error correction and link-layer retransmissions is to obtain better performance in terms of end-to-end throughput and latency by correcting errors in an unreliable wireless channel in addition to end-to-end correction rather than by correcting errors only by end-to-end retransmissions . The coding overhead is changed adaptively so that bandwidth expansion due to forward error correction is minimized . Integrity of the link during handoffs (in the face of mobility) is handled by window management and state transfer . The protocol has been implemented . Experimental performance results based on the implementation are presented .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (mobile terminals) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	AIRMAIL : A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks . This paper describes the design and performance of a link-layer protocol for indoor and outdoor wireless networks . The protocol is asymmetric to reduce the processing load at the mobile , reliability is established by a combination of automatic repeat request and forward error correction , and link-layer packets are transferred appropriately during handoffs . The protocol is named AIRMAIL (Asymmetric Reliable Mobile Access In Link-layer) . The asymmetry is needed in the design because the mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) have limited power and smaller processing capability than the base stations . The key ideas in the asymmetric protocol design consist of placing bulk of the intelligence in the base station as opposed to placing it symmetrically , in requiring the mobile terminal to combine several acknowledgments into a single acknowledgment to conserve power , and in designing the base stations to send periodic status messages , while making the acknowledgment from the mobile terminal event-driven . The asymmetry in the protocol design results in a one-third reduction of compiled code . The forward error correction technique incorporates three levels of channel coding which interact adaptively . The motivation for using a combination of forward error correction and link-layer retransmissions is to obtain better performance in terms of end-to-end throughput and latency by correcting errors in an unreliable wireless channel in addition to end-to-end correction rather than by correcting errors only by end-to-end retransmissions . The coding overhead is changed adaptively so that bandwidth expansion due to forward error correction is minimized . Integrity of the link during handoffs (in the face of mobility) is handled by window management and state transfer . The protocol has been implemented . Experimental performance results based on the implementation are presented .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (mobile terminals) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	AIRMAIL : A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks . This paper describes the design and performance of a link-layer protocol for indoor and outdoor wireless networks . The protocol is asymmetric to reduce the processing load at the mobile , reliability is established by a combination of automatic repeat request and forward error correction , and link-layer packets are transferred appropriately during handoffs . The protocol is named AIRMAIL (Asymmetric Reliable Mobile Access In Link-layer) . The asymmetry is needed in the design because the mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) have limited power and smaller processing capability than the base stations . The key ideas in the asymmetric protocol design consist of placing bulk of the intelligence in the base station as opposed to placing it symmetrically , in requiring the mobile terminal to combine several acknowledgments into a single acknowledgment to conserve power , and in designing the base stations to send periodic status messages , while making the acknowledgment from the mobile terminal event-driven . The asymmetry in the protocol design results in a one-third reduction of compiled code . The forward error correction technique incorporates three levels of channel coding which interact adaptively . The motivation for using a combination of forward error correction and link-layer retransmissions is to obtain better performance in terms of end-to-end throughput and latency by correcting errors in an unreliable wireless channel in addition to end-to-end correction rather than by correcting errors only by end-to-end retransmissions . The coding overhead is changed adaptively so that bandwidth expansion due to forward error correction is minimized . Integrity of the link during handoffs (in the face of mobility) is handled by window management and state transfer . The protocol has been implemented . Experimental performance results based on the implementation are presented .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (mobile terminals) with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (base stations) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	AIRMAIL : A Link-layer Protocol For Wireless Networks . This paper describes the design and performance of a link-layer protocol for indoor and outdoor wireless networks . The protocol is asymmetric to reduce the processing load at the mobile , reliability is established by a combination of automatic repeat request and forward error correction , and link-layer packets are transferred appropriately during handoffs . The protocol is named AIRMAIL (Asymmetric Reliable Mobile Access In Link-layer) . The asymmetry is needed in the design because the mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) have limited power and smaller processing capability than the base stations (service information, using service information) . The key ideas in the asymmetric protocol design consist of placing bulk of the intelligence in the base station as opposed to placing it symmetrically , in requiring the mobile terminal to combine several acknowledgments into a single acknowledgment to conserve power , and in designing the base stations to send periodic status messages , while making the acknowledgment from the mobile terminal event-driven . The asymmetry in the protocol design results in a one-third reduction of compiled code . The forward error correction technique incorporates three levels of channel coding which interact adaptively . The motivation for using a combination of forward error correction and link-layer retransmissions is to obtain better performance in terms of end-to-end throughput and latency by correcting errors in an unreliable wireless channel in addition to end-to-end correction rather than by correcting errors only by end-to-end retransmissions . The coding overhead is changed adaptively so that bandwidth expansion due to forward error correction is minimized . Integrity of the link during handoffs (in the face of mobility) is handled by window management and state transfer . The protocol has been implemented . Experimental performance results based on the implementation are presented .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH11355279A Filed: 1998-06-03 Issued: 1999-12-24 伝送装置及び伝送方法 (Original Assignee) Sony Corp; ソニー株式会社 Shigeru Sugaya, 茂菅谷
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (ネットワ) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (条件付き) for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH11355279A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】無線ネットワ (service information memory) ーク中の相手側の無線局から送られてくる信号を受信する受信手段と、上記受信手段により受信された信号から所定の部分を復号する復号手段と、上記復号手段により上記受信された信号の所定の部分が復号できたか否かを検出する復号状態検出手段と、上記復号状態検出手段の出力により、上記無線ネットワークで通信が行なえるか否かを判断する判断手段とを備えるようにしたことを特徴とする伝送装置。 JPH11355279A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】上記判断手段は、上記所定の部分が復号できたフレーム数のカウント値から、上記無線ネットワークにリンク可能、リンク不可能、条件付き (communication conditions) でリンク可能の判断を行なうようにした請求項２に記載の伝送装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status (判断手段) of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH11355279A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】無線ネットワーク中の相手側の無線局から送られてくる信号を受信する受信手段と、上記受信手段により受信された信号から所定の部分を復号する復号手段と、上記復号手段により上記受信された信号の所定の部分が復号できたか否かを検出する復号状態検出手段と、上記復号状態検出手段の出力により、上記無線ネットワークで通信が行なえるか否かを判断する判断手段 (variation status) とを備えるようにしたことを特徴とする伝送装置。

US7184707B2

Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27

Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device

(Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC

Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata

JPH11355279A

Filed: 1998-06-03 Issued: 1999-12-24

伝送装置及び伝送方法

(Original Assignee) Sony Corp; ソニー株式会社

Shigeru Sugaya, 茂菅谷

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory (ネットワ) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (条件付き) for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .

JPH11355279A
CLAIM 1 【請求項１】無線ネットワ (service information memory) ーク中の相手側の無線局から送られてくる信号を受信する受信手段と、上記受信手段により受信された信号から所定の部分を復号する復号手段と、上記復号手段により上記受信された信号の所定の部分が復号できたか否かを検出する復号状態検出手段と、上記復号状態検出手段の出力により、上記無線ネットワークで通信が行なえるか否かを判断する判断手段とを備えるようにしたことを特徴とする伝送装置。

JPH11355279A
CLAIM 3 【請求項３】上記判断手段は、上記所定の部分が復号できたフレーム数のカウント値から、上記無線ネットワークにリンク可能、リンク不可能、条件付き (communication conditions) でリンク可能の判断を行なうようにした請求項２に記載の伝送装置。

US7184707B2
CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status (判断手段) of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .

JPH11355279A
CLAIM 1 【請求項１】無線ネットワーク中の相手側の無線局から送られてくる信号を受信する受信手段と、上記受信手段により受信された信号から所定の部分を復号する復号手段と、上記復号手段により上記受信された信号の所定の部分が復号できたか否かを検出する復号状態検出手段と、上記復号状態検出手段の出力により、上記無線ネットワークで通信が行なえるか否かを判断する判断手段 (variation status) とを備えるようにしたことを特徴とする伝送装置。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH11225364A Filed: 1998-02-09 Issued: 1999-08-17 移動体通信システム (Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社 Daizo Kuroyanagi, Takao Nakanishi, Shigefusa Suzuki, 孝夫中西, 茂房鈴木, 大造黒柳
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (通信サービス, するサービス) memory (通信サービス, するサービス) configured to store service information (通信サービス, するサービス) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status (移動端末３) or a disconnection status (端末Ｂ) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH11225364A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を管理する手段を有する移動体通信システム (communication device) であって、前記移動通信網Ｂは定期的に前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報とを照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合、前記移動通信網Ａは、自らが管理するルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。 JPH11225364A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信端末３の着信要求の回数として当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が他網から前記移動通信網Ｂに接続されたときカウントする手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と当該移動通信端末３のサービス要求の受信回数をサービス要求種別毎に記録するサービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 要求受信回数情報Ｅを管理する手段を有する移動体通信システムであって、前記サービス要求受信回数情報Ｅに記録された当該移動通信端末３への着信要求以外のサービス要求がある時間内に一定回数に達しても、当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が無い場合は、前記移動通信網Ｂは該移動通信網Ｂの網識別番号を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報と照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合は移動通信網Ａは該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信端末Ｂ (disconnection status) から受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。 JPH11225364A CLAIM 4 【請求項４】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信端末３の着信要求の回数として当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が他網から前記移動通信網Ｂに接続されたときカウントする手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と当該移動通信端末３のサービス要求の受信回数をサービス要求種別毎に記録するサービス要求受信回数情報Ｅを管理する手段を有する移動体通信システムであって、前記サービス要求受信回数情報Ｅに記録された当該移動通信端末３への着信要求以外の当該移動端末３ (connection status) のサービス要求受信回数がある時間内に一定回数に達しても、当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が無い場合は、前記移動通信網Ｂは該移動通信網Ｂの網識別番号を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (通信サービス, するサービス) configured to store service information (通信サービス, するサービス) (通信サービス, するサービス) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status (移動端末３) or a disconnection status (端末Ｂ) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH11225364A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を管理する手段を有する移動体通信システム (communication device) であって、前記移動通信網Ｂは定期的に前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報とを照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合、前記移動通信網Ａは、自らが管理するルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。 JPH11225364A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信端末３の着信要求の回数として当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が他網から前記移動通信網Ｂに接続されたときカウントする手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と当該移動通信端末３のサービス要求の受信回数をサービス要求種別毎に記録するサービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 要求受信回数情報Ｅを管理する手段を有する移動体通信システムであって、前記サービス要求受信回数情報Ｅに記録された当該移動通信端末３への着信要求以外のサービス要求がある時間内に一定回数に達しても、当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が無い場合は、前記移動通信網Ｂは該移動通信網Ｂの網識別番号を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報と照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合は移動通信網Ａは該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信端末Ｂ (disconnection status) から受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。 JPH11225364A CLAIM 4 【請求項４】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信端末３の着信要求の回数として当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が他網から前記移動通信網Ｂに接続されたときカウントする手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と当該移動通信端末３のサービス要求の受信回数をサービス要求種別毎に記録するサービス要求受信回数情報Ｅを管理する手段を有する移動体通信システムであって、前記サービス要求受信回数情報Ｅに記録された当該移動通信端末３への着信要求以外の当該移動端末３ (connection status) のサービス要求受信回数がある時間内に一定回数に達しても、当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が無い場合は、前記移動通信網Ｂは該移動通信網Ｂの網識別番号を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH11225364A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を管理する手段を有する移動体通信システム (communication device) であって、前記移動通信網Ｂは定期的に前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報とを照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合、前記移動通信網Ａは、自らが管理するルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH11225364A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を管理する手段を有する移動体通信システム (communication device) であって、前記移動通信網Ｂは定期的に前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報とを照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合、前記移動通信網Ａは、自らが管理するルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (通信サービス, するサービス) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JPH11225364A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を管理する手段を有する移動体通信システム (communication device) であって、前記移動通信網Ｂは定期的に前記移動通信端末３のルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報とを照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合、前記移動通信網Ａは、自らが管理するルーチング情報を前記移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。 JPH11225364A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】複数の移動通信網との通信機能を有する移動通信端末と該移動通信端末との通信が可能な複数の相互に接続された移動通信網とで構成され、移動通信端末３は移動通信網Ａと通信サービス契約を行っており、前記移動通信端末３が前記移動通信網Ａとは異なる移動通信網Ｂに在圏しているとき、前記移動通信網Ａは前記移動通信端末３が在圏している前記移動通信網Ｂまでルーチングが可能なルーチング情報を管理する手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信端末３の着信要求の回数として当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が他網から前記移動通信網Ｂに接続されたときカウントする手段を有し、前記移動通信網Ｂは前記移動通信網Ａに送信した当該移動通信端末３のルーチング情報と当該移動通信端末３のサービス要求の受信回数をサービス要求種別毎に記録するサービス (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory, using service information) 要求受信回数情報Ｅを管理する手段を有する移動体通信システムであって、前記サービス要求受信回数情報Ｅに記録された当該移動通信端末３への着信要求以外のサービス要求がある時間内に一定回数に達しても、当該移動通信端末３への着信要求が無い場合は、前記移動通信網Ｂは該移動通信網Ｂの網識別番号を前記移動通信網Ａに送信し、該移動通信網Ａは当該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信網Ｂから受信したルーチング情報と照合し、その照合結果が不一致であった場合は移動通信網Ａは該移動通信端末のルーチング情報を該移動通信端末Ｂから受信したルーチング情報に書き替えることを特徴とする移動体通信システム。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH11164359A Filed: 1997-11-27 Issued: 1999-06-18 移動体通信システム (Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社 Yoshio Nitta, 義雄新田
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (センタ) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (検出結果) .	JPH11164359A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報処理センタ (radio communication connection, performing radio communication) ー装置と、無線回線の接続を制御する交換局と、前記情報処理センター装置と前記交換局とを接続する通信網と、前記通信網と前記交換局との間に設けられ、前記通信網と前記交換局との間の回線が切断されているかどうかを検出し、該回線が切断されている場合には前記通信網とのプロトコルと前記移動局とのプロトコルを擬似終端するプロトコル疑似終端装置と、前記交換局との間において無線回線を介してデータ通信を行う移動局と、前記情報処理センター装置との間においてデータの送受信を行う情報処理端末と、前記移動局と前記情報処理端末との間に設けられ、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が行われない場合は前記移動局に対して前記交換局との間の無線回線を切断する指示を伝達し、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が開始されると切断した前記無線回線を接続する指示を前記移動局に対して伝達する無線回線接続制御装置とから構成されている移動体通信システム (communication device) 。 JPH11164359A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記無線回線接続制御装置は、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間で送受信されるデータをコピーして出力するとともに回線切断・接続の指示を受信すると前記移動局に対して該指示を伝達する送受信データモニタ部と、前記送受信データモニタ部によってコピーされた送受信データの有無を検出するデータ通信有無判定部と、前記データ通信有無判定部の検出結果 (determination result, discrimination result) が送受信データが無いことを示している場合には回線切断の指示を前記送受信データモニタ部に送信し、前記データ通信有無判定部の検出結果が送受信データが有ることを示している場合には回線接続の指示を前記送受信データモニタ部に送信する回線接続切断指示部とから構成されている請求項１記載の移動体通信システム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (センタ) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH11164359A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報処理センタ (radio communication connection, performing radio communication) ー装置と、無線回線の接続を制御する交換局と、前記情報処理センター装置と前記交換局とを接続する通信網と、前記通信網と前記交換局との間に設けられ、前記通信網と前記交換局との間の回線が切断されているかどうかを検出し、該回線が切断されている場合には前記通信網とのプロトコルと前記移動局とのプロトコルを擬似終端するプロトコル疑似終端装置と、前記交換局との間において無線回線を介してデータ通信を行う移動局と、前記情報処理センター装置との間においてデータの送受信を行う情報処理端末と、前記移動局と前記情報処理端末との間に設けられ、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が行われない場合は前記移動局に対して前記交換局との間の無線回線を切断する指示を伝達し、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が開始されると切断した前記無線回線を接続する指示を前記移動局に対して伝達する無線回線接続制御装置とから構成されている移動体通信システム (communication device) 。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH11164359A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報処理センター装置と、無線回線の接続を制御する交換局と、前記情報処理センター装置と前記交換局とを接続する通信網と、前記通信網と前記交換局との間に設けられ、前記通信網と前記交換局との間の回線が切断されているかどうかを検出し、該回線が切断されている場合には前記通信網とのプロトコルと前記移動局とのプロトコルを擬似終端するプロトコル疑似終端装置と、前記交換局との間において無線回線を介してデータ通信を行う移動局と、前記情報処理センター装置との間においてデータの送受信を行う情報処理端末と、前記移動局と前記情報処理端末との間に設けられ、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が行われない場合は前記移動局に対して前記交換局との間の無線回線を切断する指示を伝達し、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が開始されると切断した前記無線回線を接続する指示を前記移動局に対して伝達する無線回線接続制御装置とから構成されている移動体通信システム (communication device) 。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (センタ) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH11164359A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報処理センタ (radio communication connection, performing radio communication) ー装置と、無線回線の接続を制御する交換局と、前記情報処理センター装置と前記交換局とを接続する通信網と、前記通信網と前記交換局との間に設けられ、前記通信網と前記交換局との間の回線が切断されているかどうかを検出し、該回線が切断されている場合には前記通信網とのプロトコルと前記移動局とのプロトコルを擬似終端するプロトコル疑似終端装置と、前記交換局との間において無線回線を介してデータ通信を行う移動局と、前記情報処理センター装置との間においてデータの送受信を行う情報処理端末と、前記移動局と前記情報処理端末との間に設けられ、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が行われない場合は前記移動局に対して前記交換局との間の無線回線を切断する指示を伝達し、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が開始されると切断した前記無線回線を接続する指示を前記移動局に対して伝達する無線回線接続制御装置とから構成されている移動体通信システム (communication device) 。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (センタ) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication (センタ) with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (検出結果) .	JPH11164359A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報処理センタ (radio communication connection, performing radio communication) ー装置と、無線回線の接続を制御する交換局と、前記情報処理センター装置と前記交換局とを接続する通信網と、前記通信網と前記交換局との間に設けられ、前記通信網と前記交換局との間の回線が切断されているかどうかを検出し、該回線が切断されている場合には前記通信網とのプロトコルと前記移動局とのプロトコルを擬似終端するプロトコル疑似終端装置と、前記交換局との間において無線回線を介してデータ通信を行う移動局と、前記情報処理センター装置との間においてデータの送受信を行う情報処理端末と、前記移動局と前記情報処理端末との間に設けられ、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が行われない場合は前記移動局に対して前記交換局との間の無線回線を切断する指示を伝達し、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間でデータの送受信が開始されると切断した前記無線回線を接続する指示を前記移動局に対して伝達する無線回線接続制御装置とから構成されている移動体通信システム (communication device) 。 JPH11164359A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記無線回線接続制御装置は、前記情報処理端末と前記移動局との間で送受信されるデータをコピーして出力するとともに回線切断・接続の指示を受信すると前記移動局に対して該指示を伝達する送受信データモニタ部と、前記送受信データモニタ部によってコピーされた送受信データの有無を検出するデータ通信有無判定部と、前記データ通信有無判定部の検出結果 (determination result, discrimination result) が送受信データが無いことを示している場合には回線切断の指示を前記送受信データモニタ部に送信し、前記データ通信有無判定部の検出結果が送受信データが有ることを示している場合には回線接続の指示を前記送受信データモニタ部に送信する回線接続切断指示部とから構成されている請求項１記載の移動体通信システム。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	WO9929126A1 Filed: 1998-12-03 Issued: 1999-06-10 Integrating communications networks (Original Assignee) Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Olaf J. Joeressen
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data (one packet) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	WO9929126A1 CLAIM 1 . A terminal for simultaneously operating in a first mobile radio communication (radio communication) s network and a second different radio communications network , comprising : first radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving in said mobile communications network and arranged such that successive transmissions by said first transceiver means in said mobile communications network are separated by a first period of time or a multiple thereof ; and second radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving packets in the second radio communications network , arranged for transmitting and/or receiving an integer number of packets sequentially in the first period of time or a multiple thereof . WO9929126A1 CLAIM 13 . A terminal as claimed in claim 12 , wherein the common time frame comprises a series of slots having the same length , wherein at most one packet (exchange data) is transmitted in the second communications network during each slot .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data (one packet) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	WO9929126A1 CLAIM 1 . A terminal for simultaneously operating in a first mobile radio communication (radio communication) s network and a second different radio communications network , comprising : first radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving in said mobile communications network and arranged such that successive transmissions by said first transceiver means in said mobile communications network are separated by a first period of time or a multiple thereof ; and second radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving packets in the second radio communications network , arranged for transmitting and/or receiving an integer number of packets sequentially in the first period of time or a multiple thereof . WO9929126A1 CLAIM 13 . A terminal as claimed in claim 12 , wherein the common time frame comprises a series of slots having the same length , wherein at most one packet (exchange data) is transmitted in the second communications network during each slot .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	WO9929126A1 CLAIM 1 . A terminal for simultaneously operating in a first mobile radio communication (radio communication) s network and a second different radio communications network , comprising : first radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving in said mobile communications network and arranged such that successive transmissions by said first transceiver means in said mobile communications network are separated by a first period of time or a multiple thereof ; and second radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving packets in the second radio communications network , arranged for transmitting and/or receiving an integer number of packets sequentially in the first period of time or a multiple thereof .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	WO9929126A1 CLAIM 1 . A terminal for simultaneously operating in a first mobile radio communication (radio communication) s network and a second different radio communications network , comprising : first radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving in said mobile communications network and arranged such that successive transmissions by said first transceiver means in said mobile communications network are separated by a first period of time or a multiple thereof ; and second radio transceiver means for transmitting and receiving packets in the second radio communications network , arranged for transmitting and/or receiving an integer number of packets sequentially in the first period of time or a multiple thereof .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	EP0987858A1 Filed: 1998-10-30 Issued: 2000-03-22 Packet communication network (Original Assignee) Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corp; NTT Mobile Communications Networks Inc (Current Assignee) NTT Docomo Inc Daisuke Akiyama, Tokuro No. 209 Nisshin-Parestage- DOI, Hideo Morita, Hiroshi Nakamura, Yukichi Higashitotsuka-Gardenhse-Ichibankan SAITO, Motoshi Tamura, Hisakazu Grace-Kamiohoka 302 UESAKA
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (packet transmission) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	EP0987858A1 CLAIM 4 The packet communications network as claimed in claim 3 , characterized in that said monitoring means comprises : means for measuring a time period during which each user suspends packet transmission (service information) and reception , and for sending the measured time period , and wherein said hold mode setting means comprises : means for receiving the measured time period sent , for comparing the measured time period with the reference time period , and for notifying that the measured time period exceeds the reference time period ; means for issuing a release command of the resources assigned to the user when notified that the reference time period is exceeded ; and means for releasing the resources assigned to the user in response to the release command issued .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (packet transmission) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	EP0987858A1 CLAIM 4 The packet communications network as claimed in claim 3 , characterized in that said monitoring means comprises : means for measuring a time period during which each user suspends packet transmission (service information) and reception , and for sending the measured time period , and wherein said hold mode setting means comprises : means for receiving the measured time period sent , for comparing the measured time period with the reference time period , and for notifying that the measured time period exceeds the reference time period ; means for issuing a release command of the resources assigned to the user when notified that the reference time period is exceeded ; and means for releasing the resources assigned to the user in response to the release command issued .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status (when m) of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves (transmission path resource) measured within a predetermined period .	EP0987858A1 CLAIM 2 The packet communications network as claimed in claim 1 , characterized in that said communication hold mode is a mode that releases transmission path resource (radio waves) s and transit node resources in a section of a user connection to allow another user to use the resources in the section . EP0987858A1 CLAIM 39 The method as claimed in any one of claims 22-38 , further characterized by comprising the step of storing , when m (variation status) aking a transition to the hold mode , a routing table in the end node of the section in the communication hold mode , the routing table being used for the recovering .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (packet transmission) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	EP0987858A1 CLAIM 4 The packet communications network as claimed in claim 3 , characterized in that said monitoring means comprises : means for measuring a time period during which each user suspends packet transmission (service information) and reception , and for sending the measured time period , and wherein said hold mode setting means comprises : means for receiving the measured time period sent , for comparing the measured time period with the reference time period , and for notifying that the measured time period exceeds the reference time period ; means for issuing a release command of the resources assigned to the user when notified that the reference time period is exceeded ; and means for releasing the resources assigned to the user in response to the release command issued .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JP2000138685A Filed: 1998-10-30 Issued: 2000-05-16 無線伝送制御方法及び無線伝送装置 (Original Assignee) Sony Corp; ソニー株式会社 Takanaga Kamo, Shigeru Sugaya, Takehiro Sugita, Hidemasa Yoshida, 孝修加茂, 英正吉田, 武弘杉田, 茂菅谷
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (ネットワ) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (無線信号) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JP2000138685A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の通信局の間の無線通信のアクセスを、中央制御局から端末局への制御信号の無線伝送で制御する無線伝送制御方法において、中央制御局として選定された通信局は、無線ネットワ (service information memory) ーク内の各端末局が直接的に無線通信ができる局を判断し、中央制御局と直接的に無線通信ができる局数よりも、端末局の方が多い局数の通信局と無線通信できることを検出したとき、その検出した端末局を中央制御局に変更する処理を行う無線伝送制御方法。 JP2000138685A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】ネットワーク内の端末局での無線通信を制御する無線伝送装置において、上記端末局からの無線信号 (communication control information) の送信を制御する制御情報を無線送信すると共に、上記端末局から送信される無線信号を受信する通信手段と、上記通信手段で受信した所定の信号に基づいて、ネットワーク内の端末局での無線通信状態を判断すると共に、その判断した通信状態に基づいて、上記制御情報の送信機能をネットワーク内のいずれかの端末局に移す制御情報の送信制御を行う制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。 JP2000138685A CLAIM 8 【請求項８】無線ネットワーク内の制御局からの制御で無線通信が実行される無線伝送装置において、上記制御局からの制御情報を受信すると共に、その制御情報に基づいて用意された情報を送信する通信手段と、上記通信手段でシステム (communication device) が利用可能な全ての周波数帯域で上記制御情報又はその制御情報に対する応答を受信できないとき、自らを制御局として設定して、上記通信手段から制御情報を送信させる制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JP2000138685A CLAIM 8 【請求項８】無線ネットワーク内の制御局からの制御で無線通信が実行される無線伝送装置において、上記制御局からの制御情報を受信すると共に、その制御情報に基づいて用意された情報を送信する通信手段と、上記通信手段でシステム (communication device) が利用可能な全ての周波数帯域で上記制御情報又はその制御情報に対する応答を受信できないとき、自らを制御局として設定して、上記通信手段から制御情報を送信させる制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (の無線伝送) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JP2000138685A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の通信局の間の無線通信のアクセスを、中央制御局から端末局への制御信号の無線伝送 (disconnection discriminating conditions) で制御する無線伝送制御方法において、中央制御局として選定された通信局は、無線ネットワーク内の各端末局が直接的に無線通信ができる局を判断し、中央制御局と直接的に無線通信ができる局数よりも、端末局の方が多い局数の通信局と無線通信できることを検出したとき、その検出した端末局を中央制御局に変更する処理を行う無線伝送制御方法。 JP2000138685A CLAIM 8 【請求項８】無線ネットワーク内の制御局からの制御で無線通信が実行される無線伝送装置において、上記制御局からの制御情報を受信すると共に、その制御情報に基づいて用意された情報を送信する通信手段と、上記通信手段でシステム (communication device) が利用可能な全ての周波数帯域で上記制御情報又はその制御情報に対する応答を受信できないとき、自らを制御局として設定して、上記通信手段から制御情報を送信させる制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (の無線伝送) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JP2000138685A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の通信局の間の無線通信のアクセスを、中央制御局から端末局への制御信号の無線伝送 (disconnection discriminating conditions) で制御する無線伝送制御方法において、中央制御局として選定された通信局は、無線ネットワーク内の各端末局が直接的に無線通信ができる局を判断し、中央制御局と直接的に無線通信ができる局数よりも、端末局の方が多い局数の通信局と無線通信できることを検出したとき、その検出した端末局を中央制御局に変更する処理を行う無線伝送制御方法。 JP2000138685A CLAIM 8 【請求項８】無線ネットワーク内の制御局からの制御で無線通信が実行される無線伝送装置において、上記制御局からの制御情報を受信すると共に、その制御情報に基づいて用意された情報を送信する通信手段と、上記通信手段でシステム (communication device) が利用可能な全ての周波数帯域で上記制御情報又はその制御情報に対する応答を受信できないとき、自らを制御局として設定して、上記通信手段から制御情報を送信させる制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (無線信号) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JP2000138685A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】ネットワーク内の端末局での無線通信を制御する無線伝送装置において、上記端末局からの無線信号 (communication control information) の送信を制御する制御情報を無線送信すると共に、上記端末局から送信される無線信号を受信する通信手段と、上記通信手段で受信した所定の信号に基づいて、ネットワーク内の端末局での無線通信状態を判断すると共に、その判断した通信状態に基づいて、上記制御情報の送信機能をネットワーク内のいずれかの端末局に移す制御情報の送信制御を行う制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。 JP2000138685A CLAIM 8 【請求項８】無線ネットワーク内の制御局からの制御で無線通信が実行される無線伝送装置において、上記制御局からの制御情報を受信すると共に、その制御情報に基づいて用意された情報を送信する通信手段と、上記通信手段でシステム (communication device) が利用可能な全ての周波数帯域で上記制御情報又はその制御情報に対する応答を受信できないとき、自らを制御局として設定して、上記通信手段から制御情報を送信させる制御手段とを備えた無線伝送装置。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JP2000032320A Filed: 1998-07-14 Issued: 2000-01-28 デジタルカメラおよびデジタルカメラシステム (Original Assignee) Ricoh Co Ltd; 株式会社リコー Narikazu Tsuji, 成和辻
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module (当該制御信号) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module (当該制御信号) configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (ライト) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module (当該制御信号) configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JP2000032320A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】デジタルカメラに一定の処理をさせるための制御信号を送出する外部装置と、当該制御信号 (discriminating module, radio communication module, communication control module, designating module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラとからなるデジタルカメラシステム (communication device) において、前記デジタルカメラは、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための第１通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する第１制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記第１制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記第１通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信し、前記外部装置は、前記デジタルカメラとデータ通信をするための第２通信手段と、前記デジタルカメラに前記制御信号を第２通信手段を介して送信する第２制御手段と、前記第２通信手段を介して受信した前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を表示する表示手段とを備えたことを特徴とするデジタルカメラシステム。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、前記記録手段は、前記外部装置の外部補助記憶装置としてデータがリード／ライト (communication connection) されることを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module (当該制御信号) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module (当該制御信号) configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (ライト) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module (当該制御信号) configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (当該制御信号) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JP2000032320A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】デジタルカメラに一定の処理をさせるための制御信号を送出する外部装置と、当該制御信号 (discriminating module, radio communication module, communication control module, designating module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラとからなるデジタルカメラシステム (communication device) において、前記デジタルカメラは、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための第１通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する第１制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記第１制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記第１通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信し、前記外部装置は、前記デジタルカメラとデータ通信をするための第２通信手段と、前記デジタルカメラに前記制御信号を第２通信手段を介して送信する第２制御手段と、前記第２通信手段を介して受信した前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を表示する表示手段とを備えたことを特徴とするデジタルカメラシステム。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、前記記録手段は、前記外部装置の外部補助記憶装置としてデータがリード／ライト (communication connection) されることを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JP2000032320A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】デジタルカメラに一定の処理をさせるための制御信号を送出する外部装置と、当該制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラとからなるデジタルカメラシステム (communication device) において、前記デジタルカメラは、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための第１通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する第１制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記第１制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記第１通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信し、前記外部装置は、前記デジタルカメラとデータ通信をするための第２通信手段と、前記デジタルカメラに前記制御信号を第２通信手段を介して送信する第２制御手段と、前記第２通信手段を介して受信した前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を表示する表示手段とを備えたことを特徴とするデジタルカメラシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (ライト) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves (被写体) measured within a predetermined period .	JP2000032320A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体 (radio waves) 像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信することを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】デジタルカメラに一定の処理をさせるための制御信号を送出する外部装置と、当該制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラとからなるデジタルカメラシステム (communication device) において、前記デジタルカメラは、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための第１通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する第１制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記第１制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記第１通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信し、前記外部装置は、前記デジタルカメラとデータ通信をするための第２通信手段と、前記デジタルカメラに前記制御信号を第２通信手段を介して送信する第２制御手段と、前記第２通信手段を介して受信した前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を表示する表示手段とを備えたことを特徴とするデジタルカメラシステム。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、前記記録手段は、前記外部装置の外部補助記憶装置としてデータがリード／ライト (communication connection) されることを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (ライト) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (検知結果) .	JP2000032320A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果 (discrimination result) を、前記通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信することを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】デジタルカメラに一定の処理をさせるための制御信号を送出する外部装置と、当該制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラとからなるデジタルカメラシステム (communication device) において、前記デジタルカメラは、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための第１通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する第１制御手段と、当該デジタルカメラの各部に電源を供給するバッテリと、前記バッテリの残量を検知するバッテリ残量検知手段とを備え、前記第１制御手段は、前記制御信号に基づく処理を完了した場合に、当該処理の終了を示す信号と共に前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を、前記第１通信手段を介して前記外部装置に送信し、前記外部装置は、前記デジタルカメラとデータ通信をするための第２通信手段と、前記デジタルカメラに前記制御信号を第２通信手段を介して送信する第２制御手段と、前記第２通信手段を介して受信した前記バッテリ残量検知手段の検知結果を表示する表示手段とを備えたことを特徴とするデジタルカメラシステム。 JP2000032320A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】外部装置からの制御信号に基づき制御可能なデジタルカメラにおいて、被写体像を撮像して画像データを出力する撮像手段と、前記画像データが記録される記録手段と、前記外部装置とデータ通信を行うための通信手段と、前記制御信号に基づき当該デジタルカメラの動作を制御する制御手段と、前記記録手段は、前記外部装置の外部補助記憶装置としてデータがリード／ライト (communication connection) されることを特徴とするデジタルカメラ。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6005367A Filed: 1998-07-14 Issued: 1999-12-21 Smart power system (Original Assignee) Centurion International Inc (Current Assignee) Laird Technologies Inc Monty D. Rohde
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status (software update) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6005367A CLAIM 7 . The smart battery power system of claim 6 , wherein the tracking system uploads software update (disconnection status, disconnection state) s to the battery charger .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module (smart battery) configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status (software update) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6005367A CLAIM 1 . A smart battery (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) power system comprising : a battery pack having at least one battery cell and a memory storage device ; a battery charger having a power supply and a microprocessor ; and a communication link between the microprocessor and the memory storage device for transmitting information between the memory storage device and the battery charger . US6005367A CLAIM 7 . The smart battery power system of claim 6 , wherein the tracking system uploads software update (disconnection status, disconnection state) s to the battery charger .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (smart battery) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US6005367A CLAIM 1 . A smart battery (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) power system comprising : a battery pack having at least one battery cell and a memory storage device ; a battery charger having a power supply and a microprocessor ; and a communication link between the microprocessor and the memory storage device for transmitting information between the memory storage device and the battery charger .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (smart battery) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6005367A CLAIM 1 . A smart battery (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) power system comprising : a battery pack having at least one battery cell and a memory storage device ; a battery charger having a power supply and a microprocessor ; and a communication link between the microprocessor and the memory storage device for transmitting information between the memory storage device and the battery charger .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state (software update) based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6005367A CLAIM 7 . The smart battery power system of claim 6 , wherein the tracking system uploads software update (disconnection status, disconnection state) s to the battery charger .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6041048A Filed: 1998-06-12 Issued: 2000-03-21 Method for providing information packets from a packet switching network to a base site and corresponding communication system (Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC Paul M. Erickson, Timothy J. Spets
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (respective plurality) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (radio communication devices) memory (radio communication devices) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (radio communication devices) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information (radio communication devices) stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6041048A CLAIM 1 . In a communication system that includes a packet switching network and a base site , the packet switching network supporting a plurality of communication services , a method for providing information packets associated with a first communication service and information packets associated with a second communication service to the base site , the method comprising the steps of : providing a communication link between the packet switching network and the base site , wherein the communication link has a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of radio communication resources supported by the base site ; determining at least one attribute of the first communication service and at least one characteristic of the second communication service ; determining that a first attribute of the first communication service is more critical than the at least one characteristic of the second communication service ; modifying the at least one characteristic of the second communication service based on the first attribute of the first communication service to produce at least one modified characteristic ; conveying , via the communication link , the information packets associated with the first communication service and the information packets associated with the second communication service to the base site based on the first attribute of the first communication service ; wherein the first communication service comprises voice service and wherein the first attribute of the first communication service comprises tolerance to time delay variability ; wherein the second communication service comprises packet data and wherein the at least one characteristic of the second communication service comprises packet size and packet rate ; wherein the information packets associated with the second communication service comprise a group of data packets and wherein the step of modifying comprises the steps of : dividing each data packet of the group of data packets into a respective plurality (exchange data) of data blocks ; and delaying at least one data block of the respective plurality of data blocks to thereby reduce the packet rate . US6041048A CLAIM 10 . A communication system comprising : a first communication server supporting a first communication service ; a second communication server supporting a second communication service ; a base site supporting radio communication resources that provide the first communication service and the second communication service to remote radio communication devices (service information memory, communication control information, service information, information memory, communication controlling information, communication controlling information memory) ; a communication link , coupled at a first end to the base site , having a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of the radio communication resources supported by the base site ; and a packet switch , coupled to the first communication server and the second communication server , that includes : a receiver that receives a first group of information packets from the first communication server and a second group of information blocks from the second communication server , wherein a plurality of information blocks of the second group of information blocks constitute an information packet ; a processor , coupled to the receiver , that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks and that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block ; and a transmitter , coupled to the processor , the receiver , and a second end of the communication link , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits a first information block of the at least one information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block , and that transmits the second information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to the time for transmission of the second information block of the at least one information block .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (respective plurality) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (radio communication devices) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information (radio communication devices) defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (radio communication devices) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6041048A CLAIM 1 . In a communication system that includes a packet switching network and a base site , the packet switching network supporting a plurality of communication services , a method for providing information packets associated with a first communication service and information packets associated with a second communication service to the base site , the method comprising the steps of : providing a communication link between the packet switching network and the base site , wherein the communication link has a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of radio communication resources supported by the base site ; determining at least one attribute of the first communication service and at least one characteristic of the second communication service ; determining that a first attribute of the first communication service is more critical than the at least one characteristic of the second communication service ; modifying the at least one characteristic of the second communication service based on the first attribute of the first communication service to produce at least one modified characteristic ; conveying , via the communication link , the information packets associated with the first communication service and the information packets associated with the second communication service to the base site based on the first attribute of the first communication service ; wherein the first communication service comprises voice service and wherein the first attribute of the first communication service comprises tolerance to time delay variability ; wherein the second communication service comprises packet data and wherein the at least one characteristic of the second communication service comprises packet size and packet rate ; wherein the information packets associated with the second communication service comprise a group of data packets and wherein the step of modifying comprises the steps of : dividing each data packet of the group of data packets into a respective plurality (exchange data) of data blocks ; and delaying at least one data block of the respective plurality of data blocks to thereby reduce the packet rate . US6041048A CLAIM 10 . A communication system comprising : a first communication server supporting a first communication service ; a second communication server supporting a second communication service ; a base site supporting radio communication resources that provide the first communication service and the second communication service to remote radio communication devices (service information memory, communication control information, service information, information memory, communication controlling information, communication controlling information memory) ; a communication link , coupled at a first end to the base site , having a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of the radio communication resources supported by the base site ; and a packet switch , coupled to the first communication server and the second communication server , that includes : a receiver that receives a first group of information packets from the first communication server and a second group of information blocks from the second communication server , wherein a plurality of information blocks of the second group of information blocks constitute an information packet ; a processor , coupled to the receiver , that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks and that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block ; and a transmitter , coupled to the processor , the receiver , and a second end of the communication link , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits a first information block of the at least one information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block , and that transmits the second information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to the time for transmission of the second information block of the at least one information block .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (radio communication devices) includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US6041048A CLAIM 10 . A communication system comprising : a first communication server supporting a first communication service ; a second communication server supporting a second communication service ; a base site supporting radio communication resources that provide the first communication service and the second communication service to remote radio communication devices (service information memory, communication control information, service information, information memory, communication controlling information, communication controlling information memory) ; a communication link , coupled at a first end to the base site , having a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of the radio communication resources supported by the base site ; and a packet switch , coupled to the first communication server and the second communication server , that includes : a receiver that receives a first group of information packets from the first communication server and a second group of information blocks from the second communication server , wherein a plurality of information blocks of the second group of information blocks constitute an information packet ; a processor , coupled to the receiver , that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks and that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block ; and a transmitter , coupled to the processor , the receiver , and a second end of the communication link , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits a first information block of the at least one information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block , and that transmits the second information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to the time for transmission of the second information block of the at least one information block .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (radio communication devices) includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6041048A CLAIM 10 . A communication system comprising : a first communication server supporting a first communication service ; a second communication server supporting a second communication service ; a base site supporting radio communication resources that provide the first communication service and the second communication service to remote radio communication devices (service information memory, communication control information, service information, information memory, communication controlling information, communication controlling information memory) ; a communication link , coupled at a first end to the base site , having a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of the radio communication resources supported by the base site ; and a packet switch , coupled to the first communication server and the second communication server , that includes : a receiver that receives a first group of information packets from the first communication server and a second group of information blocks from the second communication server , wherein a plurality of information blocks of the second group of information blocks constitute an information packet ; a processor , coupled to the receiver , that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks and that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block ; and a transmitter , coupled to the processor , the receiver , and a second end of the communication link , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits a first information block of the at least one information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block , and that transmits the second information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to the time for transmission of the second information block of the at least one information block .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (radio communication devices) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (radio communication devices) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6041048A CLAIM 10 . A communication system comprising : a first communication server supporting a first communication service ; a second communication server supporting a second communication service ; a base site supporting radio communication resources that provide the first communication service and the second communication service to remote radio communication devices (service information memory, communication control information, service information, information memory, communication controlling information, communication controlling information memory) ; a communication link , coupled at a first end to the base site , having a bandwidth that is substantially equal to an aggregate bandwidth of the radio communication resources supported by the base site ; and a packet switch , coupled to the first communication server and the second communication server , that includes : a receiver that receives a first group of information packets from the first communication server and a second group of information blocks from the second communication server , wherein a plurality of information blocks of the second group of information blocks constitute an information packet ; a processor , coupled to the receiver , that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks and that determines whether at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block ; and a transmitter , coupled to the processor , the receiver , and a second end of the communication link , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits a first information block of the at least one information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to at least one information block of a respective plurality of information blocks , that transmits the first group of information packets to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was received prior to a time for transmission of a second information block of the at least one information block , and that transmits the second information block to the base site via the communication link when at least one information packet of the first group of information packets was not received prior to the time for transmission of the second information block of the at least one information block .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6084919A Filed: 1998-01-30 Issued: 2000-07-04 Communication unit having spectral adaptability (Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) General Dynamics Mission Systems Inc John Eric Kleider, Jeffery Scott Chuprun, William Michael Campbell, Chad Scott Bergstrom
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information (receive unit) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6084919A CLAIM 1 . A communications system comprising : a transmit unit for generating a signal and for transmitting said signal into a communications channel , said transmit unit being capable of varying at least one characteristic of said signal in response to a control signal ; a receive unit (store service information) for receiving said signal from said communications channel and for processing said signal to extract information from said signal ; means for determining a spectral profile in said communications channel , said spectral profile being indicative of spectral content in said channel ; means for generating said control signal based upon said spectral profile ; and means for dynamically adjusting at least one receive parameter based upon said spectral profile ; and said means for dynamically adjusting includes means for adjusting channel detection thresholds in said multi-channel receiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (receive unit) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6084919A CLAIM 1 . A communications system comprising : a transmit unit for generating a signal and for transmitting said signal into a communications channel , said transmit unit being capable of varying at least one characteristic of said signal in response to a control signal ; a receive unit (store service information) for receiving said signal from said communications channel and for processing said signal to extract information from said signal ; means for determining a spectral profile in said communications channel , said spectral profile being indicative of spectral content in said channel ; means for generating said control signal based upon said spectral profile ; and means for dynamically adjusting at least one receive parameter based upon said spectral profile ; and said means for dynamically adjusting includes means for adjusting channel detection thresholds in said multi-channel receiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (power level) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6084919A CLAIM 2 . The receive unit , as claimed in claim 1 , wherein : said at least one characteristic of said transmit signal includes at least one of the following : data rate , symbol rate , center frequency , sampling frequency , bandwidth , and power level (power level) .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6055062A Filed: 1997-12-19 Issued: 2000-04-25 Electronic printer having wireless power and communications connections to accessory units (Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) Hewlett Packard Development Co LP Daniel Dina, Wesley Alan Fujii
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status (second microcontroller, interrupt signal) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6055062A CLAIM 6 . The printer and accessory pair of claim 5 , wherein said first transceiver comprises printer-side transmit and receive light-emitting diodes , each of which is coupled to printer control circuitry via a first gate array and a first microcontroller , and said second transceiver comprises accessory-side transmit and receive light-emitting diodes , each of which is coupled to accessory control circuitry via a second gate array and a second microcontroller (connection status) , said first and second gate arrays performing parallel to serial data conversions for transmitted communications and serial to parallel data conversions for received communications . US6055062A CLAIM 17 . The power communications coupling system of claim 13 , wherein said accessory coupling module further comprises a power sense circuit which constantly monitors induced voltage in said second coil , said power sense circuit sending an interrupt signal (connection status) to said second microcontroller when induced voltage drops below a set threshold , said second microcontroller initiating the saving of data related to operational status of said accessory .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status (second microcontroller, interrupt signal) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6055062A CLAIM 6 . The printer and accessory pair of claim 5 , wherein said first transceiver comprises printer-side transmit and receive light-emitting diodes , each of which is coupled to printer control circuitry via a first gate array and a first microcontroller , and said second transceiver comprises accessory-side transmit and receive light-emitting diodes , each of which is coupled to accessory control circuitry via a second gate array and a second microcontroller (connection status) , said first and second gate arrays performing parallel to serial data conversions for transmitted communications and serial to parallel data conversions for received communications . US6055062A CLAIM 17 . The power communications coupling system of claim 13 , wherein said accessory coupling module further comprises a power sense circuit which constantly monitors induced voltage in said second coil , said power sense circuit sending an interrupt signal (connection status) to said second microcontroller when induced voltage drops below a set threshold , said second microcontroller initiating the saving of data related to operational status of said accessory .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (voltage drop) with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6055062A CLAIM 17 . The power communications coupling system of claim 13 , wherein said accessory coupling module further comprises a power sense circuit which constantly monitors induced voltage in said second coil , said power sense circuit sending an interrupt signal to said second microcontroller when induced voltage drop (exchanges data) s below a set threshold , said second microcontroller initiating the saving of data related to operational status of said accessory .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5974328A Filed: 1997-09-17 Issued: 1999-10-26 Rapid system access and registration in mobile phone systems (Original Assignee) AirTouch Communications Inc (Current Assignee) Cellco Partnership Co William Chien-Yeh Lee, F. Craig Farrill
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (using one) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5974328A CLAIM 15 . The method of claim 14 , wherein the computer programs or databases are loaded into the memory of the mobile phone using one (connection state, using service information) or more storage techniques selected from a group comprising programming the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via a keypad , downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via interfacing to an external system , and downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via communications on a radio frequency (RF) channel .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (more storage) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5974328A CLAIM 15 . The method of claim 14 , wherein the computer programs or databases are loaded into the memory of the mobile phone using one or more storage (service memory) techniques selected from a group comprising programming the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via a keypad , downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via interfacing to an external system , and downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via communications on a radio frequency (RF) channel .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state (using one) or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (using one) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5974328A CLAIM 15 . The method of claim 14 , wherein the computer programs or databases are loaded into the memory of the mobile phone using one (connection state, using service information) or more storage techniques selected from a group comprising programming the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via a keypad , downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via interfacing to an external system , and downloading the computer programs or databases into the memory of the mobile phone via communications on a radio frequency (RF) channel .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5781628A Filed: 1997-08-19 Issued: 1998-07-14 System and method for selective restriction of ciphering (Original Assignee) Ericsson Inc (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc Vladimir Alperovich, Eric Valentine
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (said mobile terminal) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5781628A CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system having a mobile services center , a base station system attached thereto and a multiplicity of mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) in wireless communication therewith , a plurality of said mobile terminal (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) s having ciphering capability therein for wireless ciphered communications with said base station system , circuitry within said telecommunications system for selectively restricting said ciphering capability within a plurality of restricted areas covered by said telecommunications system , said circuitry comprising : a ciphering database containing a multiplicity of ciphering restrictions pertaining to a corresponding multiplicity of signal transceiving areas within said telecommunications system , said plurality of restricted areas being a corresponding plurality of said signal transceiving areas , a ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database being set to no ciphering for each of said restricted areas ; and geographical referencing means for determining said ciphering capability of a particular signal reception area within said telecommunications system , said means accessing a particular ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database , said particular flag corresponding to said particular signal transceiving area , whereby said telecommunications system restricts the ciphering capability of a user within said particular signal transceiving area pursuant to said corresponding particular flag .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (said mobile terminal) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5781628A CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system having a mobile services center , a base station system attached thereto and a multiplicity of mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) in wireless communication therewith , a plurality of said mobile terminal (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) s having ciphering capability therein for wireless ciphered communications with said base station system , circuitry within said telecommunications system for selectively restricting said ciphering capability within a plurality of restricted areas covered by said telecommunications system , said circuitry comprising : a ciphering database containing a multiplicity of ciphering restrictions pertaining to a corresponding multiplicity of signal transceiving areas within said telecommunications system , said plurality of restricted areas being a corresponding plurality of said signal transceiving areas , a ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database being set to no ciphering for each of said restricted areas ; and geographical referencing means for determining said ciphering capability of a particular signal reception area within said telecommunications system , said means accessing a particular ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database , said particular flag corresponding to said particular signal transceiving area , whereby said telecommunications system restricts the ciphering capability of a user within said particular signal transceiving area pursuant to said corresponding particular flag .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (mobile terminals) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5781628A CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system having a mobile services center , a base station system attached thereto and a multiplicity of mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) in wireless communication therewith , a plurality of said mobile terminals having ciphering capability therein for wireless ciphered communications with said base station system , circuitry within said telecommunications system for selectively restricting said ciphering capability within a plurality of restricted areas covered by said telecommunications system , said circuitry comprising : a ciphering database containing a multiplicity of ciphering restrictions pertaining to a corresponding multiplicity of signal transceiving areas within said telecommunications system , said plurality of restricted areas being a corresponding plurality of said signal transceiving areas , a ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database being set to no ciphering for each of said restricted areas ; and geographical referencing means for determining said ciphering capability of a particular signal reception area within said telecommunications system , said means accessing a particular ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database , said particular flag corresponding to said particular signal transceiving area , whereby said telecommunications system restricts the ciphering capability of a user within said particular signal transceiving area pursuant to said corresponding particular flag .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (said mobile terminal) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (mobile terminals) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5781628A CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system having a mobile services center , a base station system attached thereto and a multiplicity of mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) in wireless communication therewith , a plurality of said mobile terminal (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) s having ciphering capability therein for wireless ciphered communications with said base station system , circuitry within said telecommunications system for selectively restricting said ciphering capability within a plurality of restricted areas covered by said telecommunications system , said circuitry comprising : a ciphering database containing a multiplicity of ciphering restrictions pertaining to a corresponding multiplicity of signal transceiving areas within said telecommunications system , said plurality of restricted areas being a corresponding plurality of said signal transceiving areas , a ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database being set to no ciphering for each of said restricted areas ; and geographical referencing means for determining said ciphering capability of a particular signal reception area within said telecommunications system , said means accessing a particular ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database , said particular flag corresponding to said particular signal transceiving area , whereby said telecommunications system restricts the ciphering capability of a user within said particular signal transceiving area pursuant to said corresponding particular flag .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (mobile terminals) with a target communication terminal (mobile terminals) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (said mobile terminal) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5781628A CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system having a mobile services center , a base station system attached thereto and a multiplicity of mobile terminals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, exchanges data) in wireless communication therewith , a plurality of said mobile terminal (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) s having ciphering capability therein for wireless ciphered communications with said base station system , circuitry within said telecommunications system for selectively restricting said ciphering capability within a plurality of restricted areas covered by said telecommunications system , said circuitry comprising : a ciphering database containing a multiplicity of ciphering restrictions pertaining to a corresponding multiplicity of signal transceiving areas within said telecommunications system , said plurality of restricted areas being a corresponding plurality of said signal transceiving areas , a ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database being set to no ciphering for each of said restricted areas ; and geographical referencing means for determining said ciphering capability of a particular signal reception area within said telecommunications system , said means accessing a particular ciphering capability flag within said ciphering database , said particular flag corresponding to said particular signal transceiving area , whereby said telecommunications system restricts the ciphering capability of a user within said particular signal transceiving area pursuant to said corresponding particular flag .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5867666A Filed: 1997-08-05 Issued: 1999-02-02 Virtual interfaces with dynamic binding (Original Assignee) Cisco Systems Inc (Current Assignee) Cisco Systems Inc Andrew Harvey
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (interface control) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5867666A CLAIM 7 . A system for dynamically coupling a device to one of a plurality of networks , comprising means for dynamically establishing a first communication link between the device and a first network interface , said first network interface being coupled to a first one of said plurality of networks ; means for dynamically establishing a second communication link between the device and a second network interface , said second network interface being coupled to a second one of said plurality of networks ; a router having a physical interface control (radio communication connection) ler disposed to control said first communication link and said second communication link , a first virtual interface controller disposed to control said first network interface , and a second virtual interface disposed to control said second network interface ; wherein said second virtual interface controller comprises state information for a connection between the device and said second network ; a first network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said first network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said first network interface ; a second network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said second network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said second network interface ; and means for establishing a binding between said physical interface controller and either said first or second virtual interface controller .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (interface control) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5867666A CLAIM 7 . A system for dynamically coupling a device to one of a plurality of networks , comprising means for dynamically establishing a first communication link between the device and a first network interface , said first network interface being coupled to a first one of said plurality of networks ; means for dynamically establishing a second communication link between the device and a second network interface , said second network interface being coupled to a second one of said plurality of networks ; a router having a physical interface control (radio communication connection) ler disposed to control said first communication link and said second communication link , a first virtual interface controller disposed to control said first network interface , and a second virtual interface disposed to control said second network interface ; wherein said second virtual interface controller comprises state information for a connection between the device and said second network ; a first network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said first network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said first network interface ; a second network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said second network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said second network interface ; and means for establishing a binding between said physical interface controller and either said first or second virtual interface controller .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (interface control) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5867666A CLAIM 7 . A system for dynamically coupling a device to one of a plurality of networks , comprising means for dynamically establishing a first communication link between the device and a first network interface , said first network interface being coupled to a first one of said plurality of networks ; means for dynamically establishing a second communication link between the device and a second network interface , said second network interface being coupled to a second one of said plurality of networks ; a router having a physical interface control (radio communication connection) ler disposed to control said first communication link and said second communication link , a first virtual interface controller disposed to control said first network interface , and a second virtual interface disposed to control said second network interface ; wherein said second virtual interface controller comprises state information for a connection between the device and said second network ; a first network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said first network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said first network interface ; a second network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said second network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said second network interface ; and means for establishing a binding between said physical interface controller and either said first or second virtual interface controller .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (virtual port) with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (interface control) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5867666A CLAIM 1 . A system for coupling a device to a network comprising a communication link between the device and a network interface ; a router having a physical controller and a virtual controller , said physical controller having an emulated port and disposed for controlling said router serial port , and said virtual controller having a virtual port (exchanges data) and disposed for coupling to said emulated port ; wherein said physical controller is disposed to control said communication link ; wherein said virtual controller is disposed to control said network interface , said virtual controller comprising state information for a connection between the device and the network ; means for coupling said physical controller with said virtual controller , responsive to said connection ; a network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling the network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said network interface ; and an application disposed to supply administrative services to the network when said router is coupled to said network extender , wherein said virtual controller is disposed to couple said application to said emulated port . US5867666A CLAIM 7 . A system for dynamically coupling a device to one of a plurality of networks , comprising means for dynamically establishing a first communication link between the device and a first network interface , said first network interface being coupled to a first one of said plurality of networks ; means for dynamically establishing a second communication link between the device and a second network interface , said second network interface being coupled to a second one of said plurality of networks ; a router having a physical interface control (radio communication connection) ler disposed to control said first communication link and said second communication link , a first virtual interface controller disposed to control said first network interface , and a second virtual interface disposed to control said second network interface ; wherein said second virtual interface controller comprises state information for a connection between the device and said second network ; a first network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said first network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said first network interface ; a second network extender having a serial port and disposed for controlling said second network extender' ; s serial port , and operatively coupled to said second network interface ; and means for establishing a binding between said physical interface controller and either said first or second virtual interface controller .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH118879A Filed: 1997-06-18 Issued: 1999-01-12 無線基地局 (Original Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp; 三菱電機株式会社 Kiyoshi Obata, 潔小畑
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (最大レベル) of radio waves (上記制御チャネル) measured within a predetermined period .	JPH118879A CLAIM 5 【請求項５】異なる周波数で通信を行う複数の移動局からの上り制御チャネルのスロット先頭部で、各上り制御チャネルの周波数レベルを検出する全制御チャネルレベル検出手段と、この全制御チャネルレベル検出手段で検出された各上り制御チャネルの周波数レベルを比較し、最大レベル (power level) を有する周波数を上り制御チャネルとして選択する最大レベル選択手段とを、上記第１、第３又は第４制御手段に備えたことを特徴とする請求項１、請求項３または請求項４のうちのいずれか１項記載の無線基地局。 JPH118879A CLAIM 9 【請求項９】主基地局に無線で接続され、各々が異なる周波数で移動局と通信を行う複数の従属基地局と、複数スロットＴＤＭＡ／ＴＤＤ方式のスロットのうち、上記複数の従属基地局数に対応する数のスロットを制御用スロットとして使用し、この使用する制御用スロットにより周波数の異なる複数の制御チャネルを送出するように指示する上記主基地局に設けられた第５制御手段と、上記指示された制御用スロットにより周波数の異なる複数の制御チャネルを送出する上記主基地局に設けられた第２送信手段と、上記制御チャネル (radio waves) に従属基地局のマルチフレームタイミングを同期させる上記複数の従属基地局に設けられた第２位相合わせ手段とを備えた無線基地局。

JPH118879A

Filed: 1997-06-18 Issued: 1999-01-12

無線基地局

(Original Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp; 三菱電機株式会社

Kiyoshi Obata, 潔小畑

US7184707B2
CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (最大レベル) of radio waves (上記制御チャネル) measured within a predetermined period .

JPH118879A
CLAIM 5 【請求項５】異なる周波数で通信を行う複数の移動局からの上り制御チャネルのスロット先頭部で、各上り制御チャネルの周波数レベルを検出する全制御チャネルレベル検出手段と、この全制御チャネルレベル検出手段で検出された各上り制御チャネルの周波数レベルを比較し、最大レベル (power level) を有する周波数を上り制御チャネルとして選択する最大レベル選択手段とを、上記第１、第３又は第４制御手段に備えたことを特徴とする請求項１、請求項３または請求項４のうちのいずれか１項記載の無線基地局。

JPH118879A
CLAIM 9 【請求項９】主基地局に無線で接続され、各々が異なる周波数で移動局と通信を行う複数の従属基地局と、複数スロットＴＤＭＡ／ＴＤＤ方式のスロットのうち、上記複数の従属基地局数に対応する数のスロットを制御用スロットとして使用し、この使用する制御用スロットにより周波数の異なる複数の制御チャネルを送出するように指示する上記主基地局に設けられた第５制御手段と、上記指示された制御用スロットにより周波数の異なる複数の制御チャネルを送出する上記主基地局に設けられた第２送信手段と、上記制御チャネル (radio waves) に従属基地局のマルチフレームタイミングを同期させる上記複数の従属基地局に設けられた第２位相合わせ手段とを備えた無線基地局。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH10322733A Filed: 1997-05-16 Issued: 1998-12-04 多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式 (Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社 Koji Sekine, 康治関根
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information (前記各) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (検索結果) .	JPH10322733A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】Ｍ本の入線とＮ本の出線（ただし、Ｍ、Ｎは自然数）とを選択して接続するＭ×Ｎのスイッチサイズを持ち、Ｓ段（ただし、Ｓは自然数）の段数から構成され、各単体スイッチ間が一定の規則に基づいて、固定的にクロス接続されている多段スイッチにおいて、各単体スイッチと多段スイッチの接続情報を格納するメモリ部に格納された多段スイッチ全体の接続情報と、各単体スイッチのスイッチ部の接続状態とを検索し、前記多段スイッチのｃ段目（ただし、ｃ≦Ｓ−１）のスイッチの出力端子とｃ＋１段目のスイッチの入力端子が論理的に接続されることを利用して、前記検索結果 (determination result, discrimination result) から多段スイッチ全体の接続情報を生成し前、記生成した多段スイッチの接続情報と予め前記メモリ部に格納されている接続情報を比較し、これにより、各単体スイッチに設定されている接続経路を誤って切断してしまうことを防ぐ、ようにしたことを特徴とする、多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (検索結果) .	JPH10322733A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】Ｍ本の入線とＮ本の出線（ただし、Ｍ、Ｎは自然数）とを選択して接続するＭ×Ｎのスイッチサイズを持ち、Ｓ段（ただし、Ｓは自然数）の段数から構成され、各単体スイッチ間が一定の規則に基づいて、固定的にクロス接続されている多段スイッチにおいて、各単体スイッチと多段スイッチの接続情報を格納するメモリ部に格納された多段スイッチ全体の接続情報と、各単体スイッチのスイッチ部の接続状態とを検索し、前記多段スイッチのｃ段目（ただし、ｃ≦Ｓ−１）のスイッチの出力端子とｃ＋１段目のスイッチの入力端子が論理的に接続されることを利用して、前記検索結果 (determination result, discrimination result) から多段スイッチ全体の接続情報を生成し前、記生成した多段スイッチの接続情報と予め前記メモリ部に格納されている接続情報を比較し、これにより、各単体スイッチに設定されている接続経路を誤って切断してしまうことを防ぐ、ようにしたことを特徴とする、多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式。

JPH10322733A

Filed: 1997-05-16 Issued: 1998-12-04

多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式

(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社

Koji Sekine, 康治関根

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory configured to store service information (前記各) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (検索結果) .

JPH10322733A
CLAIM 2 【請求項２】Ｍ本の入線とＮ本の出線（ただし、Ｍ、Ｎは自然数）とを選択して接続するＭ×Ｎのスイッチサイズを持ち、Ｓ段（ただし、Ｓは自然数）の段数から構成され、各単体スイッチ間が一定の規則に基づいて、固定的にクロス接続されている多段スイッチにおいて、各単体スイッチと多段スイッチの接続情報を格納するメモリ部に格納された多段スイッチ全体の接続情報と、各単体スイッチのスイッチ部の接続状態とを検索し、前記多段スイッチのｃ段目（ただし、ｃ≦Ｓ−１）のスイッチの出力端子とｃ＋１段目のスイッチの入力端子が論理的に接続されることを利用して、前記検索結果 (determination result, discrimination result) から多段スイッチ全体の接続情報を生成し前、記生成した多段スイッチの接続情報と予め前記メモリ部に格納されている接続情報を比較し、これにより、各単体スイッチに設定されている接続経路を誤って切断してしまうことを防ぐ、ようにしたことを特徴とする、多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式。

US7184707B2
CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ;

storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ;

judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ;

and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (検索結果) .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	CN1167380A Filed: 1997-04-16 Issued: 1997-12-10 光通信装置 (Original Assignee) 罗姆股份有限公司玉川俊光
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information (通信装) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	CN1167380A CLAIM 1 . 一种光通信装 (store service information) 置，包含：进行数据传输的光发射元件；调制传输数据的调制装置；根据所述调制装置调制的传输数据驱动所述光发射元件的驱动装置；进行数据接收的光接收元件；放大所述光接收元件接收的接收数据的放大装置；解调所述放大装置放大的接收数据的解调装置；和封装所述光发射元件、所述调制装置、所述驱动装置、所述光接收元件、所述放大装置和所述解调装置的外封管。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (通信装) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	CN1167380A CLAIM 1 . 一种光通信装 (store service information) 置，包含：进行数据传输的光发射元件；调制传输数据的调制装置；根据所述调制装置调制的传输数据驱动所述光发射元件的驱动装置；进行数据接收的光接收元件；放大所述光接收元件接收的接收数据的放大装置；解调所述放大装置放大的接收数据的解调装置；和封装所述光发射元件、所述调制装置、所述驱动装置、所述光接收元件、所述放大装置和所述解调装置的外封管。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (的驱动装置) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	CN1167380A CLAIM 1 . 一种光通信装置，包含：进行数据传输的光发射元件；调制传输数据的调制装置；根据所述调制装置调制的传输数据驱动所述光发射元件的驱动装置 (disconnection discriminating conditions) ；进行数据接收的光接收元件；放大所述光接收元件接收的接收数据的放大装置；解调所述放大装置放大的接收数据的解调装置；和封装所述光发射元件、所述调制装置、所述驱动装置、所述光接收元件、所述放大装置和所述解调装置的外封管。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (的驱动装置) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (的第三) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	CN1167380A CLAIM 1 . 一种光通信装置，包含：进行数据传输的光发射元件；调制传输数据的调制装置；根据所述调制装置调制的传输数据驱动所述光发射元件的驱动装置 (disconnection discriminating conditions) ；进行数据接收的光接收元件；放大所述光接收元件接收的接收数据的放大装置；解调所述放大装置放大的接收数据的解调装置；和封装所述光发射元件、所述调制装置、所述驱动装置、所述光接收元件、所述放大装置和所述解调装置的外封管。 CN1167380A CLAIM 6 . 如权利要求5所述的光通信装置，其特征在于，还包含：其上连接有所述集成电路芯片的第一冲模垫；其上连接有所述光发射元件的第二冲模垫，它与所述第一冲模垫分开；以及其上连接有所述光接收元件的第三 (power level) 冲模垫，它与所述第一冲模垫和所述第二冲模垫分开。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH10271041A Filed: 1997-03-24 Issued: 1998-10-09 無線通信装置 (Original Assignee) Brother Ind Ltd; ブラザー工業株式会社 Tsutomu Ohashi, 勉大橋
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status (開手段) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH10271041A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報の送受信に用いられる周波数を時間的に変化させつつ当該情報を無線により送受信する無線通信装置において、夫々の周波数を用いた前記情報の送受信における通信品質を検出する品質検出手段と、前記検出された通信品質が予め設定された所定レベル以下に劣悪となったとき、当該劣悪になったときに使用していた前記周波数である低品質周波数の電波を、予め設定された所定時間だけ使用することなく前記送受信を行う送受信手段と、前記所定時間が経過した後、前記低品質周波数を含めた前記周波数を用いた前記送受信を再開する再開手段 (disconnection status) と、を備えることを特徴とする無線通信装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status (開手段) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH10271041A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報の送受信に用いられる周波数を時間的に変化させつつ当該情報を無線により送受信する無線通信装置において、夫々の周波数を用いた前記情報の送受信における通信品質を検出する品質検出手段と、前記検出された通信品質が予め設定された所定レベル以下に劣悪となったとき、当該劣悪になったときに使用していた前記周波数である低品質周波数の電波を、予め設定された所定時間だけ使用することなく前記送受信を行う送受信手段と、前記所定時間が経過した後、前記低品質周波数を含めた前記周波数を用いた前記送受信を再開する再開手段 (disconnection status) と、を備えることを特徴とする無線通信装置。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (所定レベル) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH10271041A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】情報の送受信に用いられる周波数を時間的に変化させつつ当該情報を無線により送受信する無線通信装置において、夫々の周波数を用いた前記情報の送受信における通信品質を検出する品質検出手段と、前記検出された通信品質が予め設定された所定レベル (power level) 以下に劣悪となったとき、当該劣悪になったときに使用していた前記周波数である低品質周波数の電波を、予め設定された所定時間だけ使用することなく前記送受信を行う送受信手段と、前記所定時間が経過した後、前記低品質周波数を含めた前記周波数を用いた前記送受信を再開する再開手段と、を備えることを特徴とする無線通信装置。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5918164A Filed: 1997-03-19 Issued: 1999-06-29 Radio communication apparatus (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) Toshiba Corp Akira Takahashi, Hironori Fujii
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5918164A CLAIM 1 . A radio communication (radio communication) apparatus for use in a radio communication system , having a radio circuit , the apparatus comprising : a first antenna connected with the radio circuit for receiving first and second signals , wherein the second signal is received earlier in time than the first signal ; a second antenna ; first detecting means for detecting a first level of the first signal and a second level of the second signal ; first average calculating means responsive to the first detecting means for calculating a first average level from the first and second levels ; comparing means responsive to the first average calculating means for comparing the first average level with a predetermined value ; and control means for maintaining a status in which the first antenna is connected with the radio circuit when the first average level is smaller than the predetermined value .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5918164A CLAIM 1 . A radio communication (radio communication) apparatus for use in a radio communication system , having a radio circuit , the apparatus comprising : a first antenna connected with the radio circuit for receiving first and second signals , wherein the second signal is received earlier in time than the first signal ; a second antenna ; first detecting means for detecting a first level of the first signal and a second level of the second signal ; first average calculating means responsive to the first detecting means for calculating a first average level from the first and second levels ; comparing means responsive to the first average calculating means for comparing the first average level with a predetermined value ; and control means for maintaining a status in which the first antenna is connected with the radio circuit when the first average level is smaller than the predetermined value .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5918164A CLAIM 1 . A radio communication (radio communication) apparatus for use in a radio communication system , having a radio circuit , the apparatus comprising : a first antenna connected with the radio circuit for receiving first and second signals , wherein the second signal is received earlier in time than the first signal ; a second antenna ; first detecting means for detecting a first level of the first signal and a second level of the second signal ; first average calculating means responsive to the first detecting means for calculating a first average level from the first and second levels ; comparing means responsive to the first average calculating means for comparing the first average level with a predetermined value ; and control means for maintaining a status in which the first antenna is connected with the radio circuit when the first average level is smaller than the predetermined value .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (second comparing) .	US5918164A CLAIM 1 . A radio communication (radio communication) apparatus for use in a radio communication system , having a radio circuit , the apparatus comprising : a first antenna connected with the radio circuit for receiving first and second signals , wherein the second signal is received earlier in time than the first signal ; a second antenna ; first detecting means for detecting a first level of the first signal and a second level of the second signal ; first average calculating means responsive to the first detecting means for calculating a first average level from the first and second levels ; comparing means responsive to the first average calculating means for comparing the first average level with a predetermined value ; and control means for maintaining a status in which the first antenna is connected with the radio circuit when the first average level is smaller than the predetermined value . US5918164A CLAIM 4 . The apparatus of claim 3 , wherein the second antenna receives third and fourth signals , the fourth signal is received earlier in time than the third signal , the apparatus further comprising : second detecting means for detecting a third level of the third signal and a fourth level of the fourth signal ; second average calculating means responsive to the second detecting means for calculating a second average level of a signal received by the second antenna from the third and fourth levels ; second comparing (discrimination result) means responsive to the first and second average calculating means for comparing each of the first and second average levels with a second predetermined value ; and second control means for maintaining a status in which the first antenna is connected with the connecting means when each of the first and second average levels is smaller than the second predetermined value .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5987020A Filed: 1997-03-17 Issued: 1999-11-16 Intermittent transmission control system (Original Assignee) Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd (Current Assignee) Canon Inc Masami Abe
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (interval information) over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5987020A CLAIM 1 . An intermittent transmission control system based on a TDMA system which involves a burst transmission , comprising : a sound presence detector for detecting presence or absence of sound information to be transmitted on the basis of an aural signal ; a switch unit for switching types of said burst transmission ; and a control processor for causing said switch unit to switch said types of said burst transmission in such a way that a normal burst transmission containing said sound information is performed if presence of said sound information is detected by said sound presence detector , whereas a reduced burst transmission containing time interval information (target communication terminal) of said burst transmission is performed if no burst transmission is performed for a predetermined time .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (interval information) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (cyclic redundancy) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5987020A CLAIM 1 . An intermittent transmission control system based on a TDMA system which involves a burst transmission , comprising : a sound presence detector for detecting presence or absence of sound information to be transmitted on the basis of an aural signal ; a switch unit for switching types of said burst transmission ; and a control processor for causing said switch unit to switch said types of said burst transmission in such a way that a normal burst transmission containing said sound information is performed if presence of said sound information is detected by said sound presence detector , whereas a reduced burst transmission containing time interval information (target communication terminal) of said burst transmission is performed if no burst transmission is performed for a predetermined time . US5987020A CLAIM 5 . An intermittent transmission control system of claim 4 , further comprising a decoder for decoding said radio signal ; wherein said quality evaluation unit evaluates the quality of said received radio signal by at least one of a technique based on a frame error rate in which cyclic redundancy (communication controlling information memory) check coefficients of said decoded signal is monitored , a technique based on a bit error rate in which said decoded signal is encoded again to monitor a number of bit errors , and a technique based on a level of said received radio signal .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (interval information) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5987020A CLAIM 1 . An intermittent transmission control system based on a TDMA system which involves a burst transmission , comprising : a sound presence detector for detecting presence or absence of sound information to be transmitted on the basis of an aural signal ; a switch unit for switching types of said burst transmission ; and a control processor for causing said switch unit to switch said types of said burst transmission in such a way that a normal burst transmission containing said sound information is performed if presence of said sound information is detected by said sound presence detector , whereas a reduced burst transmission containing time interval information (target communication terminal) of said burst transmission is performed if no burst transmission is performed for a predetermined time .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (interval information) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5987020A CLAIM 1 . An intermittent transmission control system based on a TDMA system which involves a burst transmission , comprising : a sound presence detector for detecting presence or absence of sound information to be transmitted on the basis of an aural signal ; a switch unit for switching types of said burst transmission ; and a control processor for causing said switch unit to switch said types of said burst transmission in such a way that a normal burst transmission containing said sound information is performed if presence of said sound information is detected by said sound presence detector , whereas a reduced burst transmission containing time interval information (target communication terminal) of said burst transmission is performed if no burst transmission is performed for a predetermined time .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (interval information) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5987020A CLAIM 1 . An intermittent transmission control system based on a TDMA system which involves a burst transmission , comprising : a sound presence detector for detecting presence or absence of sound information to be transmitted on the basis of an aural signal ; a switch unit for switching types of said burst transmission ; and a control processor for causing said switch unit to switch said types of said burst transmission in such a way that a normal burst transmission containing said sound information is performed if presence of said sound information is detected by said sound presence detector , whereas a reduced burst transmission containing time interval information (target communication terminal) of said burst transmission is performed if no burst transmission is performed for a predetermined time .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	WO9740638A1 Filed: 1997-03-07 Issued: 1997-10-30 Method and device at a multisubscription terminal for selecting an access network in a multinetwork environment (Original Assignee) Telia Ab (Publ) Patric Lind
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (telecommunications system) module (telecommunications system) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (telecommunications system) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (telecommunications system) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	WO9740638A1 CLAIM 1 . Device at a multisubscription terminal in a digital mobile telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) or data communications system for use in multinetwork environments c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that it includes : a network selection algorithm which describes how a multisubscription terminal shall act when said terminal has possibility to lock itself to a multiple of access networks ; a number of possible priority lists which indicate the order of priority of the subscriptions of the terminal or identities connected to said multiple of access networks , at which the user or the operator himself/herself can indicate his/her priority preferences ; means to listen for and evaluate a multiple of different access networks at the same time , and evaluate them with regard to quality and priority . WO9740638A1 CLAIM 10 . Method according to patent claim 9 , c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that said network selection algorithm describes different modes for said multisubscription terminal , which modes are given by : a) The from-mode , in which said terminal is switched off and which terminal changes to " ; evaluation" ; mode when it is switched on . b) The evalutat ion-mode , in which said terminal scans usable channels , identifies different access networks , and creates a list over accessible networks , by which the list over accessible networks is evaluated by means of the active priority list , and that network is selected which is on the top of the priority list ; c) The attach-mode , in which said terminal attaches to the in the " ; evalutation" ; -mode selected network to show that it is active , at which said terminal changes to the " ; registered" ; -mode , • d) The registered-mode , in which said terminal is registered as active user of said selected access network , and said terminal continuously scans channels in said access network and evaluates these networks in relation to said priority list and , if no other access network with higher priority than that in which the terminal is already registered is found , the terminal remains being registered in the same network ; if a network with higher priority is found , said terminal changes to the " ; wait" ; - (1) -mode ; if said terminal during evaluation of the radio channels finds that the signal strength from the selected network goes below a predetermined limit , said terminal changes to " ; detach" ; - (2) -mode ; e) The wai t- (1) -mode , in which said terminal secures that reception from new network was not temporary , and if reception from the new network with higher priority still exists after x seconds , said terminal changes to " ; detach" ; - (l)-mode ; otherwise the terminal goes back to the " ; registered" ; -mode and remains registered in the same network as before ; SUBSTITUTESHEET(Ϊ1ULE26) f) The detach- (1) -mode , in which said terminal detaches from the old network in which it was registered , after which said terminal changes to " ; attach" ; -mode where it attaches to the new network with higher priority ; g) The detach- (2) -mode , in which said terminal in the " ; registered" ; -mode finds that the received signal strength is going down below a predetermined threshold value and detaches in the same way as in the " ; detach" ; - (1) -mode , and after that changes to the " ; wait" ; - (2) -mode ; h) The wait- (2) -mode , in which said terminal continues evaluating reception from the old network , and if this reception is still there after x seconds , the terminal changes to the " ; attach" ; -mode where it attaches to the old network ; if reception from the old network is still lacking after x seconds , said terminal changes to the " ; evaluation" ; - mode in order to start trying to find a new access (communication connection) network .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (telecommunications system) module (telecommunications system) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (telecommunications system) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (telecommunications system) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	WO9740638A1 CLAIM 1 . Device at a multisubscription terminal in a digital mobile telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) or data communications system for use in multinetwork environments c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that it includes : a network selection algorithm which describes how a multisubscription terminal shall act when said terminal has possibility to lock itself to a multiple of access networks ; a number of possible priority lists which indicate the order of priority of the subscriptions of the terminal or identities connected to said multiple of access networks , at which the user or the operator himself/herself can indicate his/her priority preferences ; means to listen for and evaluate a multiple of different access networks at the same time , and evaluate them with regard to quality and priority . WO9740638A1 CLAIM 10 . Method according to patent claim 9 , c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that said network selection algorithm describes different modes for said multisubscription terminal , which modes are given by : a) The from-mode , in which said terminal is switched off and which terminal changes to " ; evaluation" ; mode when it is switched on . b) The evalutat ion-mode , in which said terminal scans usable channels , identifies different access networks , and creates a list over accessible networks , by which the list over accessible networks is evaluated by means of the active priority list , and that network is selected which is on the top of the priority list ; c) The attach-mode , in which said terminal attaches to the in the " ; evalutation" ; -mode selected network to show that it is active , at which said terminal changes to the " ; registered" ; -mode , • d) The registered-mode , in which said terminal is registered as active user of said selected access network , and said terminal continuously scans channels in said access network and evaluates these networks in relation to said priority list and , if no other access network with higher priority than that in which the terminal is already registered is found , the terminal remains being registered in the same network ; if a network with higher priority is found , said terminal changes to the " ; wait" ; - (1) -mode ; if said terminal during evaluation of the radio channels finds that the signal strength from the selected network goes below a predetermined limit , said terminal changes to " ; detach" ; - (2) -mode ; e) The wai t- (1) -mode , in which said terminal secures that reception from new network was not temporary , and if reception from the new network with higher priority still exists after x seconds , said terminal changes to " ; detach" ; - (l)-mode ; otherwise the terminal goes back to the " ; registered" ; -mode and remains registered in the same network as before ; SUBSTITUTESHEET(Ϊ1ULE26) f) The detach- (1) -mode , in which said terminal detaches from the old network in which it was registered , after which said terminal changes to " ; attach" ; -mode where it attaches to the new network with higher priority ; g) The detach- (2) -mode , in which said terminal in the " ; registered" ; -mode finds that the received signal strength is going down below a predetermined threshold value and detaches in the same way as in the " ; detach" ; - (1) -mode , and after that changes to the " ; wait" ; - (2) -mode ; h) The wait- (2) -mode , in which said terminal continues evaluating reception from the old network , and if this reception is still there after x seconds , the terminal changes to the " ; attach" ; -mode where it attaches to the old network ; if reception from the old network is still lacking after x seconds , said terminal changes to the " ; evaluation" ; - mode in order to start trying to find a new access (communication connection) network .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (telecommunications system) connection (telecommunications system) for indicating a communication connection (new access) or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	WO9740638A1 CLAIM 1 . Device at a multisubscription terminal in a digital mobile telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) or data communications system for use in multinetwork environments c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that it includes : a network selection algorithm which describes how a multisubscription terminal shall act when said terminal has possibility to lock itself to a multiple of access networks ; a number of possible priority lists which indicate the order of priority of the subscriptions of the terminal or identities connected to said multiple of access networks , at which the user or the operator himself/herself can indicate his/her priority preferences ; means to listen for and evaluate a multiple of different access networks at the same time , and evaluate them with regard to quality and priority .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (telecommunications system) connection (telecommunications system) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	WO9740638A1 CLAIM 1 . Device at a multisubscription terminal in a digital mobile telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) or data communications system for use in multinetwork environments c h a r a c t e r i z e d in that it includes : a network selection algorithm which describes how a multisubscription terminal shall act when said terminal has possibility to lock itself to a multiple of access networks ; a number of possible priority lists which indicate the order of priority of the subscriptions of the terminal or identities connected to said multiple of access networks , at which the user or the operator himself/herself can indicate his/her priority preferences ; means to listen for and evaluate a multiple of different access networks at the same time , and evaluate them with regard to quality and priority .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6014087A Filed: 1997-01-31 Issued: 2000-01-11 Variable contention transmission media access based on idle waiting time (Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) Nokia of America Corp Anjur Sundaresan Krishnakumar, Joao Luis Sobrinho
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (said determination) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6014087A CLAIM 11 . The method of claim 6 further comprising the step of accessing the transmission medium if said determination (information memory) indicates that the transmission medium is idle .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (said determination) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6014087A CLAIM 11 . The method of claim 6 further comprising the step of accessing the transmission medium if said determination (information memory) indicates that the transmission medium is idle .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (waiting time) .	US6014087A CLAIM 19 . A method for contending for access to a transmission medium comprising the steps of (a) monitoring the transmission medium to determine when it is idle , (b) responsive to a determination that the transmission medium is busy , waiting for the transmission medium to become idle , then transmitting a contention signal over said transmission medium for a period of time proportional to the waiting time (discrimination result) , and (c) at the expiration of the period of time , terminating the transmission of the contention signal and then determining if the transmission medium is idle , (d) if the transmission medium is determined to be still busy , then repeat steps (a) , (b) and (c) , otherwise , accessing the transmission medium .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6032040A Filed: 1997-01-24 Issued: 2000-02-29 Method and system for autoreconnect of wireless calls (Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) Nokia of America Corp Vincent H. Choy, Veda Gundanna
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module (storage medium) configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (wireless resources) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6032040A CLAIM 3 . The method according to claim 1 , wherein said step of preserving further includes the step of releasing system and wireless resources (radio communication connection) associated with the wireless terminal . US6032040A CLAIM 17 . A wireless communication system comprising : a processor operable to automatically reconnect a wireless terminal and a communications network served by said wireless communications system after detecting a loss of a communications link between said wireless terminal and said communications network , said loss occurring during an interval beginning with an initial establishment of said communications link between said wireless terminal and said communications network , for placing a call to a destination terminal served by said communications network , and ending with the establishing of a connection with said destination terminal via said communications link ; and a storage medium (designating module) for maintaining call information associated with said wireless terminal when said communications link is disconnected , wherein said call information includes call-associated indicators .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module (storage medium) configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (wireless resources) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6032040A CLAIM 3 . The method according to claim 1 , wherein said step of preserving further includes the step of releasing system and wireless resources (radio communication connection) associated with the wireless terminal . US6032040A CLAIM 17 . A wireless communication system comprising : a processor operable to automatically reconnect a wireless terminal and a communications network served by said wireless communications system after detecting a loss of a communications link between said wireless terminal and said communications network , said loss occurring during an interval beginning with an initial establishment of said communications link between said wireless terminal and said communications network , for placing a call to a destination terminal served by said communications network , and ending with the establishing of a connection with said destination terminal via said communications link ; and a storage medium (designating module) for maintaining call information associated with said wireless terminal when said communications link is disconnected , wherein said call information includes call-associated indicators .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (wireless resources) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6032040A CLAIM 3 . The method according to claim 1 , wherein said step of preserving further includes the step of releasing system and wireless resources (radio communication connection) associated with the wireless terminal .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (wireless resources) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6032040A CLAIM 3 . The method according to claim 1 , wherein said step of preserving further includes the step of releasing system and wireless resources (radio communication connection) associated with the wireless terminal .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH10155184A Filed: 1996-11-22 Issued: 1998-06-09 アドホック通信ネットワークシステム (Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社 Takeaki Minamizawa, 岳明南沢
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (ネットワ) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (測定結果) .	JPH10155184A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】親機又は子機のいずれにもなる複数の無線端末を有し、テストモード時に複数の子機との最適な通信位置の無線端末を親機として選定するアドホック通信ネットワ (service information memory) ークシステム (communication device) であって、少なくとも２台の無線端末がテストモードにおける仮の親機として動作し、かつ、このテストモードでのそれぞれの仮の親機が他の無線端末へ送信した際の、それぞれの無線端末での受信電界強度のデータを収集し、この収集結果に基づいて、複数の無線端末に対する最適な通信位置の無線端末を、最終的な親機として選定することを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。 JPH10155184A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記請求項１記載のアドホック通信ネットワークシステムにおいて、無線端末は、無線回線を通じてデータの無線送受信を行う無線送受信手段と、自己無線端末をテストモードに設定するテストモード設定手段と、自己無線端末を識別するための識別子を記憶した識別子記憶手段と、親機から送信された識別子を前記識別子記憶手段に記憶した識別子と識別し、かつ、受信電界強度を測定する受信電界強度測定手段と、前記受信電界強度測定手段の測定結果 (determination result, discrimination result) を格納する測定結果格納手段と、前記テストモード設定手段によって設定されたテストモードでの制御を行うとともに、前記測定結果格納手段に格納した測定結果に基づいて最終的な親機を選定する処理を行い、かつ、自己端末が親機又は子機として動作するための制御を行う制御手段と、を備えることを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH10155184A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】親機又は子機のいずれにもなる複数の無線端末を有し、テストモード時に複数の子機との最適な通信位置の無線端末を親機として選定するアドホック通信ネットワークシステム (communication device) であって、少なくとも２台の無線端末がテストモードにおける仮の親機として動作し、かつ、このテストモードでのそれぞれの仮の親機が他の無線端末へ送信した際の、それぞれの無線端末での受信電界強度のデータを収集し、この収集結果に基づいて、複数の無線端末に対する最適な通信位置の無線端末を、最終的な親機として選定することを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH10155184A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】親機又は子機のいずれにもなる複数の無線端末を有し、テストモード時に複数の子機との最適な通信位置の無線端末を親機として選定するアドホック通信ネットワークシステム (communication device) であって、少なくとも２台の無線端末がテストモードにおける仮の親機として動作し、かつ、このテストモードでのそれぞれの仮の親機が他の無線端末へ送信した際の、それぞれの無線端末での受信電界強度のデータを収集し、この収集結果に基づいて、複数の無線端末に対する最適な通信位置の無線端末を、最終的な親機として選定することを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH10155184A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】親機又は子機のいずれにもなる複数の無線端末を有し、テストモード時に複数の子機との最適な通信位置の無線端末を親機として選定するアドホック通信ネットワークシステム (communication device) であって、少なくとも２台の無線端末がテストモードにおける仮の親機として動作し、かつ、このテストモードでのそれぞれの仮の親機が他の無線端末へ送信した際の、それぞれの無線端末での受信電界強度のデータを収集し、この収集結果に基づいて、複数の無線端末に対する最適な通信位置の無線端末を、最終的な親機として選定することを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (測定結果) .	JPH10155184A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】親機又は子機のいずれにもなる複数の無線端末を有し、テストモード時に複数の子機との最適な通信位置の無線端末を親機として選定するアドホック通信ネットワークシステム (communication device) であって、少なくとも２台の無線端末がテストモードにおける仮の親機として動作し、かつ、このテストモードでのそれぞれの仮の親機が他の無線端末へ送信した際の、それぞれの無線端末での受信電界強度のデータを収集し、この収集結果に基づいて、複数の無線端末に対する最適な通信位置の無線端末を、最終的な親機として選定することを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。 JPH10155184A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記請求項１記載のアドホック通信ネットワークシステムにおいて、無線端末は、無線回線を通じてデータの無線送受信を行う無線送受信手段と、自己無線端末をテストモードに設定するテストモード設定手段と、自己無線端末を識別するための識別子を記憶した識別子記憶手段と、親機から送信された識別子を前記識別子記憶手段に記憶した識別子と識別し、かつ、受信電界強度を測定する受信電界強度測定手段と、前記受信電界強度測定手段の測定結果 (determination result, discrimination result) を格納する測定結果格納手段と、前記テストモード設定手段によって設定されたテストモードでの制御を行うとともに、前記測定結果格納手段に格納した測定結果に基づいて最終的な親機を選定する処理を行い、かつ、自己端末が親機又は子機として動作するための制御を行う制御手段と、を備えることを特徴とするアドホック通信ネットワークシステム。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6002918A Filed: 1996-11-08 Issued: 1999-12-14 Power-saving arrangement and method for mobile units in communications network (Original Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC (Current Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC Frederic Heiman, Patrick Pinard, Andrew Werback, Michael Shiba
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (battery life) memory (battery life) configured to store service information (battery life) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US6002918A CLAIM 1 . An arrangement for maximizing battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) in each of a plurality of portable , battery-powered , mobile units , each of the mobile units being in wireless communication with a plurality of spaced-apart , stationary access points of a communications network , the arrangement comprising : a) a radio in each of the mobile units , the radio having a transceiver for transmitting data to and from the access points within a predetermined working range in a powered mode of network operation ; b) a processor in each of the mobile units , the processor having a controller operatively connected to the transceiver ; and c) a timer in each of the mobile units , for powering the radio only during the powered mode of network operation , and for reducing power to the radio to prevent data transmission by the transceiver during a power-saving mode of operation .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (battery life) configured to store service information (battery life) (battery life) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6002918A CLAIM 1 . An arrangement for maximizing battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) in each of a plurality of portable , battery-powered , mobile units , each of the mobile units being in wireless communication with a plurality of spaced-apart , stationary access points of a communications network , the arrangement comprising : a) a radio in each of the mobile units , the radio having a transceiver for transmitting data to and from the access points within a predetermined working range in a powered mode of network operation ; b) a processor in each of the mobile units , the processor having a controller operatively connected to the transceiver ; and c) a timer in each of the mobile units , for powering the radio only during the powered mode of network operation , and for reducing power to the radio to prevent data transmission by the transceiver during a power-saving mode of operation .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status (host computer) of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6002918A CLAIM 6 . The arrangement according to claim 5 , wherein the network includes a host computer (variation status) , each of the mobile units desiring access to the host computer being operative for selecting a most eligible access point from among the access points based on the control data received by the transceiver of the respective radio section .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (battery life) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6002918A CLAIM 1 . An arrangement for maximizing battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) in each of a plurality of portable , battery-powered , mobile units , each of the mobile units being in wireless communication with a plurality of spaced-apart , stationary access points of a communications network , the arrangement comprising : a) a radio in each of the mobile units , the radio having a transceiver for transmitting data to and from the access points within a predetermined working range in a powered mode of network operation ; b) a processor in each of the mobile units , the processor having a controller operatively connected to the transceiver ; and c) a timer in each of the mobile units , for powering the radio only during the powered mode of network operation , and for reducing power to the radio to prevent data transmission by the transceiver during a power-saving mode of operation .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH10145276A Filed: 1996-11-07 Issued: 1998-05-29 アドホックネットワークシステムとその接続方法 (Original Assignee) Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社 Takeaki Minamizawa, 岳明南沢
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム, データ) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (残容量) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (システム, データ) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (測定結果, の結果) .	JPH10145276A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】限定された無線端末間の相互無線通信ネットワークシステム (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) であるアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法において、専用の親機を有せず、親機未定時に特定の条件を満たした無線端末が親機として選定されることを特徴とするアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記特定の条件が、親機としての最適条件として所定の値以上の電源残容量 (exchange data) と最大の転送レートを有することであり、その親機の選定は、親機未定時に、発信要求発生の無線端末が暫定の親機となり全無線端末の前記電源残容量と転送レートのデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) を収集し、その結果 (determination result, discrimination result) の比較により親機を決定する請求項１記載のアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 6 【請求項６】前記無線端末が、データ収集手段として、テストデータを作成するテスト信号発生手段と、各子機との間でテストデータを再送制御に基づいて送受信することにより転送レートを測定する第１の測定手段と、子機が蓄電池の残量を測定する第２の測定手段とを有し、各子機は、前記第２の測定手段により得られる蓄電池の残量を親機へ通知し、暫定の親機は、各子機から通知された測定結果 (determination result, discrimination result) と、前記テスト信号発生手段で作成したテストデータで前記第１の測定手段を実行して得られる各子機との転送レートとを基に、前記選定手段で真の親機を選定してネットワークを再構成する請求項４記載のアドホックネットワークシステム。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム, データ) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (残容量) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (システム, データ) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH10145276A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】限定された無線端末間の相互無線通信ネットワークシステム (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) であるアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法において、専用の親機を有せず、親機未定時に特定の条件を満たした無線端末が親機として選定されることを特徴とするアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記特定の条件が、親機としての最適条件として所定の値以上の電源残容量 (exchange data) と最大の転送レートを有することであり、その親機の選定は、親機未定時に、発信要求発生の無線端末が暫定の親機となり全無線端末の前記電源残容量と転送レートのデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) を収集し、その結果の比較により親機を決定する請求項１記載のアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム, データ) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH10145276A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】限定された無線端末間の相互無線通信ネットワークシステム (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) であるアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法において、専用の親機を有せず、親機未定時に特定の条件を満たした無線端末が親機として選定されることを特徴とするアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記特定の条件が、親機としての最適条件として所定の値以上の電源残容量と最大の転送レートを有することであり、その親機の選定は、親機未定時に、発信要求発生の無線端末が暫定の親機となり全無線端末の前記電源残容量と転送レートのデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) を収集し、その結果の比較により親機を決定する請求項１記載のアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム, データ) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH10145276A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】限定された無線端末間の相互無線通信ネットワークシステム (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) であるアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法において、専用の親機を有せず、親機未定時に特定の条件を満たした無線端末が親機として選定されることを特徴とするアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記特定の条件が、親機としての最適条件として所定の値以上の電源残容量と最大の転送レートを有することであり、その親機の選定は、親機未定時に、発信要求発生の無線端末が暫定の親機となり全無線端末の前記電源残容量と転送レートのデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) を収集し、その結果の比較により親機を決定する請求項１記載のアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム, データ) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (システム, データ) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (測定結果, の結果) .	JPH10145276A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】限定された無線端末間の相互無線通信ネットワークシステム (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) であるアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法において、専用の親機を有せず、親機未定時に特定の条件を満たした無線端末が親機として選定されることを特徴とするアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記特定の条件が、親機としての最適条件として所定の値以上の電源残容量と最大の転送レートを有することであり、その親機の選定は、親機未定時に、発信要求発生の無線端末が暫定の親機となり全無線端末の前記電源残容量と転送レートのデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) を収集し、その結果 (determination result, discrimination result) の比較により親機を決定する請求項１記載のアドホックネットワークシステムの接続方法。 JPH10145276A CLAIM 6 【請求項６】前記無線端末が、データ収集手段として、テストデータを作成するテスト信号発生手段と、各子機との間でテストデータを再送制御に基づいて送受信することにより転送レートを測定する第１の測定手段と、子機が蓄電池の残量を測定する第２の測定手段とを有し、各子機は、前記第２の測定手段により得られる蓄電池の残量を親機へ通知し、暫定の親機は、各子機から通知された測定結果 (determination result, discrimination result) と、前記テスト信号発生手段で作成したテストデータで前記第１の測定手段を実行して得られる各子機との転送レートとを基に、前記選定手段で真の親機を選定してネットワークを再構成する請求項４記載のアドホックネットワークシステム。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	WO9716934A1 Filed: 1996-10-29 Issued: 1997-05-09 Telecommunications system (Original Assignee) Jarlab Ab Jarl Larsson
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (telecommunications system) module (telecommunications system) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (telecommunications system) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status (call connection) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (telecommunications system) through the radio communication module by using service information (data connection) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	WO9716934A1 CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) that includes a number of subscriber apparatus , a number of telephone exchange units , and a number of mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein the system is adapted to provide , with the aid of a selected telephone exchange unit and associated computer equipment , a function by means of which a call incoming from a permanent system-associated subscriber apparatus or a mobile system- associated subscriber apparatus can be connected to a selected permanent subscriber apparatus or to a selected mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein one of these apparatus is operative as a calling subscriber apparatus and the other is operative as a called subscriber apparatus , wherein after receiving a call the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment included in the system establishes or evaluates the geographical area and/or the location of the calling subscriber apparatus , and that the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment has evaluated , established and stored at least the geographical areas and/or the locations that apply for each of a number of available , i . e . callable , subscriber apparatus , wherein a call received in the telephone exchange unit on a first input connection to one of said evaluated , available subscriber apparatus can be connected to means for connection with a telephone operator , a speech generator or the like , including means for generat¬ ing instructions and/or questions directed to the calling subscriber . , characterized in that one of the available subscriber apparatus indicated by the calling subscriber and evaluated by the telephone exchange unit is called through the medium of a circuit belonging to the telephone exchange unit ; in that , after having noted the call from the telephone exchange unit , the indicated subscriber apparatus calls the telephone exchange unit and a connection is established with the input connection of a second telephone exchange unit through the medium of the telecommunications system ; and in that said first and said second input connections are mutually connected through the medium of switches in the telephone exchange unit , for direct call connection (disconnection status, disconnection state) . WO9716934A1 CLAIM 7 . A system according to Claim 1 , characterized in that the calling subscriber is a permanent subscriber apparatus and the available subscriber apparatus is a mobile subscriber apparatus ; and in that the communications path constitutes a data connection (using service information) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (telecommunications system) module (telecommunications system) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (telecommunications system) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status (call connection) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (telecommunications system) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	WO9716934A1 CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) that includes a number of subscriber apparatus , a number of telephone exchange units , and a number of mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein the system is adapted to provide , with the aid of a selected telephone exchange unit and associated computer equipment , a function by means of which a call incoming from a permanent system-associated subscriber apparatus or a mobile system- associated subscriber apparatus can be connected to a selected permanent subscriber apparatus or to a selected mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein one of these apparatus is operative as a calling subscriber apparatus and the other is operative as a called subscriber apparatus , wherein after receiving a call the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment included in the system establishes or evaluates the geographical area and/or the location of the calling subscriber apparatus , and that the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment has evaluated , established and stored at least the geographical areas and/or the locations that apply for each of a number of available , i . e . callable , subscriber apparatus , wherein a call received in the telephone exchange unit on a first input connection to one of said evaluated , available subscriber apparatus can be connected to means for connection with a telephone operator , a speech generator or the like , including means for generat¬ ing instructions and/or questions directed to the calling subscriber . , characterized in that one of the available subscriber apparatus indicated by the calling subscriber and evaluated by the telephone exchange unit is called through the medium of a circuit belonging to the telephone exchange unit ; in that , after having noted the call from the telephone exchange unit , the indicated subscriber apparatus calls the telephone exchange unit and a connection is established with the input connection of a second telephone exchange unit through the medium of the telecommunications system ; and in that said first and said second input connections are mutually connected through the medium of switches in the telephone exchange unit , for direct call connection (disconnection status, disconnection state) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (telecommunications system) connection (telecommunications system) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	WO9716934A1 CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) that includes a number of subscriber apparatus , a number of telephone exchange units , and a number of mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein the system is adapted to provide , with the aid of a selected telephone exchange unit and associated computer equipment , a function by means of which a call incoming from a permanent system-associated subscriber apparatus or a mobile system- associated subscriber apparatus can be connected to a selected permanent subscriber apparatus or to a selected mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein one of these apparatus is operative as a calling subscriber apparatus and the other is operative as a called subscriber apparatus , wherein after receiving a call the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment included in the system establishes or evaluates the geographical area and/or the location of the calling subscriber apparatus , and that the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment has evaluated , established and stored at least the geographical areas and/or the locations that apply for each of a number of available , i . e . callable , subscriber apparatus , wherein a call received in the telephone exchange unit on a first input connection to one of said evaluated , available subscriber apparatus can be connected to means for connection with a telephone operator , a speech generator or the like , including means for generat¬ ing instructions and/or questions directed to the calling subscriber . , characterized in that one of the available subscriber apparatus indicated by the calling subscriber and evaluated by the telephone exchange unit is called through the medium of a circuit belonging to the telephone exchange unit ; in that , after having noted the call from the telephone exchange unit , the indicated subscriber apparatus calls the telephone exchange unit and a connection is established with the input connection of a second telephone exchange unit through the medium of the telecommunications system ; and in that said first and said second input connections are mutually connected through the medium of switches in the telephone exchange unit , for direct call connection .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (telecommunications system) connection (telecommunications system) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state (call connection) based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (data connection) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	WO9716934A1 CLAIM 1 . A telecommunications system (radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication) that includes a number of subscriber apparatus , a number of telephone exchange units , and a number of mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein the system is adapted to provide , with the aid of a selected telephone exchange unit and associated computer equipment , a function by means of which a call incoming from a permanent system-associated subscriber apparatus or a mobile system- associated subscriber apparatus can be connected to a selected permanent subscriber apparatus or to a selected mobile subscriber apparatus , wherein one of these apparatus is operative as a calling subscriber apparatus and the other is operative as a called subscriber apparatus , wherein after receiving a call the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment included in the system establishes or evaluates the geographical area and/or the location of the calling subscriber apparatus , and that the telephone exchange unit and/or the computer equipment has evaluated , established and stored at least the geographical areas and/or the locations that apply for each of a number of available , i . e . callable , subscriber apparatus , wherein a call received in the telephone exchange unit on a first input connection to one of said evaluated , available subscriber apparatus can be connected to means for connection with a telephone operator , a speech generator or the like , including means for generat¬ ing instructions and/or questions directed to the calling subscriber . , characterized in that one of the available subscriber apparatus indicated by the calling subscriber and evaluated by the telephone exchange unit is called through the medium of a circuit belonging to the telephone exchange unit ; in that , after having noted the call from the telephone exchange unit , the indicated subscriber apparatus calls the telephone exchange unit and a connection is established with the input connection of a second telephone exchange unit through the medium of the telecommunications system ; and in that said first and said second input connections are mutually connected through the medium of switches in the telephone exchange unit , for direct call connection (disconnection status, disconnection state) . WO9716934A1 CLAIM 7 . A system according to Claim 1 , characterized in that the calling subscriber is a permanent subscriber apparatus and the available subscriber apparatus is a mobile subscriber apparatus ; and in that the communications path constitutes a data connection (using service information) .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US6047175A Filed: 1996-09-19 Issued: 2000-04-04 Wireless communication method and device with auxiliary receiver for selecting different channels (Original Assignee) Aironet Wireless Communications Inc (Current Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc Michael L. Trompower
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (communication conditions) for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (received signal strength indicator) .	US6047175A CLAIM 1 . A wireless communication device (communication device) , comprising : a transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving wireless communications selectively on any of a plurality of channels ; and an auxiliary receiver for scanning substantially continuously to evaluate one of the plurality of channels while the transceiver communicates on another of the plurality of channels , and for providing information based on communication conditions (communication conditions) to the transceiver ; wherein the auxiliary receiver is operatively configured to evaluate the communication conditions by selectively evaluating at least one of different frequency bands , PN code sequences , chipping rates , and modulation complexities . US6047175A CLAIM 14 . The device of claim 13 , wherein the noise conditions are based on a received signal strength indicator (determination result) (RSSI) signal obtained by the auxiliary receiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module (different bandwidths) configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US6047175A CLAIM 1 . A wireless communication device (communication device) , comprising : a transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving wireless communications selectively on any of a plurality of channels ; and an auxiliary receiver for scanning substantially continuously to evaluate one of the plurality of channels while the transceiver communicates on another of the plurality of channels , and for providing information based on communication conditions to the transceiver ; wherein the auxiliary receiver is operatively configured to evaluate the communication conditions by selectively evaluating at least one of different frequency bands , PN code sequences , chipping rates , and modulation complexities . US6047175A CLAIM 3 . The device of claim 2 , wherein the auxiliary receiver evaluates the different frequency bands by selectively switching between filters having different bandwidths (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (different bandwidths) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US6047175A CLAIM 1 . A wireless communication device (communication device) , comprising : a transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving wireless communications selectively on any of a plurality of channels ; and an auxiliary receiver for scanning substantially continuously to evaluate one of the plurality of channels while the transceiver communicates on another of the plurality of channels , and for providing information based on communication conditions to the transceiver ; wherein the auxiliary receiver is operatively configured to evaluate the communication conditions by selectively evaluating at least one of different frequency bands , PN code sequences , chipping rates , and modulation complexities . US6047175A CLAIM 3 . The device of claim 2 , wherein the auxiliary receiver evaluates the different frequency bands by selectively switching between filters having different bandwidths (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (different bandwidths) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US6047175A CLAIM 1 . A wireless communication device (communication device) , comprising : a transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving wireless communications selectively on any of a plurality of channels ; and an auxiliary receiver for scanning substantially continuously to evaluate one of the plurality of channels while the transceiver communicates on another of the plurality of channels , and for providing information based on communication conditions to the transceiver ; wherein the auxiliary receiver is operatively configured to evaluate the communication conditions by selectively evaluating at least one of different frequency bands , PN code sequences , chipping rates , and modulation complexities . US6047175A CLAIM 3 . The device of claim 2 , wherein the auxiliary receiver evaluates the different frequency bands by selectively switching between filters having different bandwidths (discriminating module, disconnection discriminating conditions) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (communication device) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US6047175A CLAIM 1 . A wireless communication device (communication device) , comprising : a transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving wireless communications selectively on any of a plurality of channels ; and an auxiliary receiver for scanning substantially continuously to evaluate one of the plurality of channels while the transceiver communicates on another of the plurality of channels , and for providing information based on communication conditions to the transceiver ; wherein the auxiliary receiver is operatively configured to evaluate the communication conditions by selectively evaluating at least one of different frequency bands , PN code sequences , chipping rates , and modulation complexities .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5857143A Filed: 1996-09-04 Issued: 1999-01-05 Channel allocation method used for mobile type communication devices (Original Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp (Current Assignee) Mitsubishi Electric Corp Nobuhisa Kataoka
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5857143A CLAIM 1 . A channel allocation method used for mobile type communication device (communication device) s in a system including a plurality of macrocells and microcells both use a same frequency band divided into a plurality of channels , comprising : an interference wave detection/study step of studying characteristics of interference waves arrived from said macrocells per channel based on a channel search order which is determined based on said characteristics of arrived interference waves and of allocating one of said channels , wherein said interference wave detection/study process a power of said interference wave is measured per channel and per time period a data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value , and weighting an arriving probability based on the detection number count value counted by the repeating of the data update operation by a predetermined weight value based on the magnitude of the power of the interference wave studied as the characteristic of the arrived interference waves .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5857143A CLAIM 1 . A channel allocation method used for mobile type communication device (communication device) s in a system including a plurality of macrocells and microcells both use a same frequency band divided into a plurality of channels , comprising : an interference wave detection/study step of studying characteristics of interference waves arrived from said macrocells per channel based on a channel search order which is determined based on said characteristics of arrived interference waves and of allocating one of said channels , wherein said interference wave detection/study process a power of said interference wave is measured per channel and per time period a data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value , and weighting an arriving probability based on the detection number count value counted by the repeating of the data update operation by a predetermined weight value based on the magnitude of the power of the interference wave studied as the characteristic of the arrived interference waves .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (count value) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5857143A CLAIM 1 . A channel allocation method used for mobile type communication device (communication device) s in a system including a plurality of macrocells and microcells both use a same frequency band divided into a plurality of channels , comprising : an interference wave detection/study step of studying characteristics of interference waves arrived from said macrocells per channel based on a channel search order which is determined based on said characteristics of arrived interference waves and of allocating one of said channels , wherein said interference wave detection/study process a power of said interference wave is measured per channel and per time period a data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value (detecting command) , and weighting an arriving probability based on the detection number count value counted by the repeating of the data update operation by a predetermined weight value based on the magnitude of the power of the interference wave studied as the characteristic of the arrived interference waves .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (power level) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5857143A CLAIM 1 . A channel allocation method used for mobile type communication device (communication device) s in a system including a plurality of macrocells and microcells both use a same frequency band divided into a plurality of channels , comprising : an interference wave detection/study step of studying characteristics of interference waves arrived from said macrocells per channel based on a channel search order which is determined based on said characteristics of arrived interference waves and of allocating one of said channels , wherein said interference wave detection/study process a power of said interference wave is measured per channel and per time period a data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value , and weighting an arriving probability based on the detection number count value counted by the repeating of the data update operation by a predetermined weight value based on the magnitude of the power of the interference wave studied as the characteristic of the arrived interference waves . US5857143A CLAIM 2 . A channel allocation method as claimed in claim 1 , wherein said data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value when a power level (power level) of said arrived interface wave is not less than a predetermined power level .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (communication device) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5857143A CLAIM 1 . A channel allocation method used for mobile type communication device (communication device) s in a system including a plurality of macrocells and microcells both use a same frequency band divided into a plurality of channels , comprising : an interference wave detection/study step of studying characteristics of interference waves arrived from said macrocells per channel based on a channel search order which is determined based on said characteristics of arrived interference waves and of allocating one of said channels , wherein said interference wave detection/study process a power of said interference wave is measured per channel and per time period a data update operation is repeated to obtain a detection number count value , and weighting an arriving probability based on the detection number count value counted by the repeating of the data update operation by a predetermined weight value based on the magnitude of the power of the interference wave studied as the characteristic of the arrived interference waves .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH09307959A Filed: 1996-05-15 Issued: 1997-11-28 移動体通信方式 (Original Assignee) Nec Commun Syst Ltd; 日本電気通信システム株式会社 Kyoya Inaba, 恭也稲葉
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (の交換) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (の通話) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH09307959A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】一つの交換 (exchange data, exchanges data) 機に複数の無線基地局を接続し、前記複数の無線基地局毎にサービスできる範囲を一つのサービスエリア（セルゾーン）とし、前記複数の無線基地局毎に同一周波数の無線通話チャネルを繰り返し使用することが可能な移動体通信方式において、前記交換機は前記複数の無線基地局のそれぞれから送出される前記サービスエリア内の移動端末の切断理由を示すコード及び切断されたセルゾーン番号を受信すると、前記移動端末が通話していた相手の電話機が接続する通信回線を保留する保留手段と、保留中に前記移動端末と通話していた前記電話機に対し現在前記移動端末が無線通話チャネルの異常により切断されて再度前記無線端末に対し呼出し中である旨の音声ガイダンスを送出する音声ガイダンス送出手段と、前記通信回線を保留した際に保留タイマーを起動させ予め設定した保留期間が満了した時に前記保留してある前記通信回線を切断する切断手段と、前記移動端末に対し前記切断された前記セルゾーン番号を持つ無線基地局に対し前記移動端末への呼出信号を送出する呼出信号送出手段と、前記移動端末が前記呼出信号に対し応答した応答信号を前記無線基地局から受信した際に前記保留していた通信回線を保留解除して前記音声ガイダンスを送出していた前記電話機への通話 (information memory) を再度可能とする接続手段とを備えることを特徴とする移動体通信方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (の交換) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (の通話) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH09307959A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】一つの交換 (exchange data, exchanges data) 機に複数の無線基地局を接続し、前記複数の無線基地局毎にサービスできる範囲を一つのサービスエリア（セルゾーン）とし、前記複数の無線基地局毎に同一周波数の無線通話チャネルを繰り返し使用することが可能な移動体通信方式において、前記交換機は前記複数の無線基地局のそれぞれから送出される前記サービスエリア内の移動端末の切断理由を示すコード及び切断されたセルゾーン番号を受信すると、前記移動端末が通話していた相手の電話機が接続する通信回線を保留する保留手段と、保留中に前記移動端末と通話していた前記電話機に対し現在前記移動端末が無線通話チャネルの異常により切断されて再度前記無線端末に対し呼出し中である旨の音声ガイダンスを送出する音声ガイダンス送出手段と、前記通信回線を保留した際に保留タイマーを起動させ予め設定した保留期間が満了した時に前記保留してある前記通信回線を切断する切断手段と、前記移動端末に対し前記切断された前記セルゾーン番号を持つ無線基地局に対し前記移動端末への呼出信号を送出する呼出信号送出手段と、前記移動端末が前記呼出信号に対し応答した応答信号を前記無線基地局から受信した際に前記保留していた通信回線を保留解除して前記音声ガイダンスを送出していた前記電話機への通話 (information memory) を再度可能とする接続手段とを備えることを特徴とする移動体通信方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (の交換) with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JPH09307959A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】一つの交換 (exchange data, exchanges data) 機に複数の無線基地局を接続し、前記複数の無線基地局毎にサービスできる範囲を一つのサービスエリア（セルゾーン）とし、前記複数の無線基地局毎に同一周波数の無線通話チャネルを繰り返し使用することが可能な移動体通信方式において、前記交換機は前記複数の無線基地局のそれぞれから送出される前記サービスエリア内の移動端末の切断理由を示すコード及び切断されたセルゾーン番号を受信すると、前記移動端末が通話していた相手の電話機が接続する通信回線を保留する保留手段と、保留中に前記移動端末と通話していた前記電話機に対し現在前記移動端末が無線通話チャネルの異常により切断されて再度前記無線端末に対し呼出し中である旨の音声ガイダンスを送出する音声ガイダンス送出手段と、前記通信回線を保留した際に保留タイマーを起動させ予め設定した保留期間が満了した時に前記保留してある前記通信回線を切断する切断手段と、前記移動端末に対し前記切断された前記セルゾーン番号を持つ無線基地局に対し前記移動端末への呼出信号を送出する呼出信号送出手段と、前記移動端末が前記呼出信号に対し応答した応答信号を前記無線基地局から受信した際に前記保留していた通信回線を保留解除して前記音声ガイダンスを送出していた前記電話機への通話を再度可能とする接続手段とを備えることを特徴とする移動体通信方式。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5850189A Filed: 1996-04-22 Issued: 1998-12-15 Apparatus and method for infrared communication (Original Assignee) International Business Machines Corp (Current Assignee) Lenovo PC International Ltd Jiro Sakanaka, Astushi Watanabe, Yoichi Mizukoshi
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (numeric value) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5850189A CLAIM 3 . Apparatus as in claim 1 wherein the predetermined data value corresponds to alphanumeric value (using service information) 55 .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (numeric value) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (remote control signal) .	US5850189A CLAIM 1 . Apparatus for using a computer IR communication system having a UART to send an IR remote control signal (discrimination result) to a home electronic appliance having an IR controller , the IR controller of the home electronic appliance being responsive to a modulated control signal having a predetermined protocol , the modulated control signal having a predetermined modulation period , comprising : means for setting the UART to output a predetermined data value at a predetermined bit frequency during enabled intervals , the predetermined data value and predetermined bit frequency being selected so as to form a periodic signal at the output of the UART during enabled intervals , the periodic signal having a period corresponding to said predetermined modulation period ; and means for selectively enabling the UART to output the predetermined data value at the predetermined bit frequency during enabled intervals in accordance with a control signal having the predetermined protocol recognized by the IR controller , whereby an IR remote control signal is produced for a home electronic appliance . US5850189A CLAIM 3 . Apparatus as in claim 1 wherein the predetermined data value corresponds to alphanumeric value (using service information) 55 .

US5850189A

Filed: 1996-04-22 Issued: 1998-12-15

Apparatus and method for infrared communication

(Original Assignee) International Business Machines Corp (Current Assignee) Lenovo PC International Ltd

Jiro Sakanaka, Astushi Watanabe, Yoichi Mizukoshi

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (numeric value) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .

US5850189A
CLAIM 3 . Apparatus as in claim 1 wherein the predetermined data value corresponds to alphanumeric value (using service information) 55 .

US7184707B2
CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ;

storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ;

judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ;

and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (numeric value) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (remote control signal) .

US5850189A
CLAIM 1 . Apparatus for using a computer IR communication system having a UART to send an IR remote control signal (discrimination result) to a home electronic appliance having an IR controller , the IR controller of the home electronic appliance being responsive to a modulated control signal having a predetermined protocol , the modulated control signal having a predetermined modulation period , comprising : means for setting the UART to output a predetermined data value at a predetermined bit frequency during enabled intervals , the predetermined data value and predetermined bit frequency being selected so as to form a periodic signal at the output of the UART during enabled intervals , the periodic signal having a period corresponding to said predetermined modulation period ;
and means for selectively enabling the UART to output the predetermined data value at the predetermined bit frequency during enabled intervals in accordance with a control signal having the predetermined protocol recognized by the IR controller , whereby an IR remote control signal is produced for a home electronic appliance .

US5850189A
CLAIM 3 . Apparatus as in claim 1 wherein the predetermined data value corresponds to alphanumeric value (using service information) 55 .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	EP0795991A1 Filed: 1996-03-11 Issued: 1997-09-17 Communications system (Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) HP Inc Enrico Guglielmo Coiera, Ajay Gupta
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (channel monitor) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	EP0795991A1 CLAIM 8 A communications system as claim in any preceding claim , wherein the processing means comprises channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means for monitoring an open communications channel for a response from a contacted person .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (Short Message Service) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (channel monitor) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	EP0795991A1 CLAIM 8 A communications system as claim in any preceding claim , wherein the processing means comprises channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means for monitoring an open communications channel for a response from a contacted person . EP0795991A1 CLAIM 17 A communications system as claimed in any preceding claim , wherein the communications channel established supports GSM Short Message Service (service memory) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	EP0795991A1 CLAIM 1 A communications system comprising : - a first storage means for storing a plurality of records , each record comprising at least three fields : a role field for storing a role identifier , identifying a functional role , a name field for storing for each said role identifier one or more names of people able to fulfil said functional role , and a number field for storing for each said person a current contact number , input means for accepting a request in the form of a role identifier for communication with a person fulfilling a given role , a second storage means for storing a set of instructions for each said record , and processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for accepting a role identifier , accessing said first and second storage means and establishing a communications channel with a person able to fulfil the functional role associated with the role identifier , via said current contact number in accordance with said set of instructions .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (channel monitor) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	EP0795991A1 CLAIM 1 A communications system comprising : - a first storage means for storing a plurality of records , each record comprising at least three fields : a role field for storing a role identifier , identifying a functional role , a name field for storing for each said role identifier one or more names of people able to fulfil said functional role , and a number field for storing for each said person a current contact number , input means for accepting a request in the form of a role identifier for communication with a person fulfilling a given role , a second storage means for storing a set of instructions for each said record , and processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for accepting a role identifier , accessing said first and second storage means and establishing a communications channel with a person able to fulfil the functional role associated with the role identifier , via said current contact number in accordance with said set of instructions . EP0795991A1 CLAIM 8 A communications system as claim in any preceding claim , wherein the processing means comprises channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means for monitoring an open communications channel for a response from a contacted person .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (channel monitor) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	EP0795991A1 CLAIM 8 A communications system as claim in any preceding claim , wherein the processing means comprises channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means for monitoring an open communications channel for a response from a contacted person .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5751719A Filed: 1995-11-30 Issued: 1998-05-12 Method and system for data transfer in the presence of disconnects (Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) SOUND VIEW INNOVATIONS LLC ; Alcatel Lucent SAS ; AT&T Corp Kuo-Wei Herman Chen, Sanjoy Paul, Krishan Kumar Sabnani
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (packet transmission) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (acknowledgment signal) for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (performing communication) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5751719A CLAIM 5 . The method of claim 1 , wherein programmed instructions corresponding to the operations performed in steps (a) through (d) are included in an existing protocol layer of a communications system , said existing protocol layer performing communication (performing communication) operations as well as the operations performed in steps (a) through (d) , said system comprising a plurality of protocol layers . US5751719A CLAIM 7 . A method for controlling data transfer operations comprising the steps of : initiating a data file transmission from a first communication device to a second communication device over a communication link , said data file comprising a plurality of sequentially numbered data packets , said transmission involving the sequential transmission of said data packets ; maintaining checkpointing window transmission values in a memory of said first communication device for controlling the transmission of said data packets , said window transmission values including a lower and higher bound value and a window size value ; transmitting data packets in sequence as windows of information according to the lower and upper bound transmission values and the window size value ; monitoring the successive reception of the data packets at the second communication device ; storing data packets correctly received at said second communication device in a memory of said second communication device ; storing data concerning the successive reception of the data packets received in a counter location in the second communication device memory ; transmitting acknowledgement signals periodically from the second communication device to the first communication device for indicating the reception and storage of said data packets , said acknowledgment signal (communication conditions) s being transmitted when the successive count value is equal to a fraction of the window size value ; updating the value of the lower bound value for each acknowledgement signal received at the first communication device ; ceasing data packet transmission (service information) when a disconnect occurs ; receiving at the first communication device an acknowledgement signal from the second device indicating re-establishment of the link ; and retransmitting data packets in sequence , after the first communication device received the link re-establishment acknowledgement signal , starting from the data packet having a sequence number one greater than the last data packet stored in the second device memory corresponding to the last data packet transmitted before the disconnection occurred .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (packet transmission) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5751719A CLAIM 7 . A method for controlling data transfer operations comprising the steps of : initiating a data file transmission from a first communication device to a second communication device over a communication link , said data file comprising a plurality of sequentially numbered data packets , said transmission involving the sequential transmission of said data packets ; maintaining checkpointing window transmission values in a memory of said first communication device for controlling the transmission of said data packets , said window transmission values including a lower and higher bound value and a window size value ; transmitting data packets in sequence as windows of information according to the lower and upper bound transmission values and the window size value ; monitoring the successive reception of the data packets at the second communication device ; storing data packets correctly received at said second communication device in a memory of said second communication device ; storing data concerning the successive reception of the data packets received in a counter location in the second communication device memory ; transmitting acknowledgement signals periodically from the second communication device to the first communication device for indicating the reception and storage of said data packets , said acknowledgment signals being transmitted when the successive count value is equal to a fraction of the window size value ; updating the value of the lower bound value for each acknowledgement signal received at the first communication device ; ceasing data packet transmission (service information) when a disconnect occurs ; receiving at the first communication device an acknowledgement signal from the second device indicating re-establishment of the link ; and retransmitting data packets in sequence , after the first communication device received the link re-establishment acknowledgement signal , starting from the data packet having a sequence number one greater than the last data packet stored in the second device memory corresponding to the last data packet transmitted before the disconnection occurred .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (count value) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5751719A CLAIM 7 . A method for controlling data transfer operations comprising the steps of : initiating a data file transmission from a first communication device to a second communication device over a communication link , said data file comprising a plurality of sequentially numbered data packets , said transmission involving the sequential transmission of said data packets ; maintaining checkpointing window transmission values in a memory of said first communication device for controlling the transmission of said data packets , said window transmission values including a lower and higher bound value and a window size value ; transmitting data packets in sequence as windows of information according to the lower and upper bound transmission values and the window size value ; monitoring the successive reception of the data packets at the second communication device ; storing data packets correctly received at said second communication device in a memory of said second communication device ; storing data concerning the successive reception of the data packets received in a counter location in the second communication device memory ; transmitting acknowledgement signals periodically from the second communication device to the first communication device for indicating the reception and storage of said data packets , said acknowledgment signals being transmitted when the successive count value (detecting command) is equal to a fraction of the window size value ; updating the value of the lower bound value for each acknowledgement signal received at the first communication device ; ceasing data packet transmission when a disconnect occurs ; receiving at the first communication device an acknowledgement signal from the second device indicating re-establishment of the link ; and retransmitting data packets in sequence , after the first communication device received the link re-establishment acknowledgement signal , starting from the data packet having a sequence number one greater than the last data packet stored in the second device memory corresponding to the last data packet transmitted before the disconnection occurred .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (packet transmission) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5751719A CLAIM 7 . A method for controlling data transfer operations comprising the steps of : initiating a data file transmission from a first communication device to a second communication device over a communication link , said data file comprising a plurality of sequentially numbered data packets , said transmission involving the sequential transmission of said data packets ; maintaining checkpointing window transmission values in a memory of said first communication device for controlling the transmission of said data packets , said window transmission values including a lower and higher bound value and a window size value ; transmitting data packets in sequence as windows of information according to the lower and upper bound transmission values and the window size value ; monitoring the successive reception of the data packets at the second communication device ; storing data packets correctly received at said second communication device in a memory of said second communication device ; storing data concerning the successive reception of the data packets received in a counter location in the second communication device memory ; transmitting acknowledgement signals periodically from the second communication device to the first communication device for indicating the reception and storage of said data packets , said acknowledgment signals being transmitted when the successive count value is equal to a fraction of the window size value ; updating the value of the lower bound value for each acknowledgement signal received at the first communication device ; ceasing data packet transmission (service information) when a disconnect occurs ; receiving at the first communication device an acknowledgement signal from the second device indicating re-establishment of the link ; and retransmitting data packets in sequence , after the first communication device received the link re-establishment acknowledgement signal , starting from the data packet having a sequence number one greater than the last data packet stored in the second device memory corresponding to the last data packet transmitted before the disconnection occurred .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5666661A Filed: 1995-11-27 Issued: 1997-09-09 Method for automatically bypassing the use of a communication system infrastructure (Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC Gary W. Grube, Marc C. Naddell, Mark L. Shaughnessy
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (first location) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5666661A CLAIM 5 . In a communication system having a first communication unit engaged in a communication , using a system communication resource , with a second communication unit , the first communication unit having a first location (communication controlling information includes connection) , the second communication unit having a second location , and there being a distance relationship between the first communication unit and the second communication unit , the distance relationship being based on the first location and the second location , a method for the first communication unit to change communication modes , the method comprising the steps of : a) receiving a mode change message , the mode change message being based on the distance relationship , wherein the mode change message includes an action ; b) adjusting the transmit power level of the first communication unit , when the action indicates a power adjustment ; c) relinquishing the system communication resource when the action indicates a direct mode operation ; and d) affiliating with a direct mode communication resource when the action indicates the direct mode operation , wherein the direct mode communication resource is not the system communication resource .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (first location) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (power level) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5666661A CLAIM 2 . In the method of claim 1 , step (e) further comprises performing the action by adjusting transmit power level (power level) s of the communication units , based on the distance relationship . US5666661A CLAIM 5 . In a communication system having a first communication unit engaged in a communication , using a system communication resource , with a second communication unit , the first communication unit having a first location (communication controlling information includes connection) , the second communication unit having a second location , and there being a distance relationship between the first communication unit and the second communication unit , the distance relationship being based on the first location and the second location , a method for the first communication unit to change communication modes , the method comprising the steps of : a) receiving a mode change message , the mode change message being based on the distance relationship , wherein the mode change message includes an action ; b) adjusting the transmit power level of the first communication unit , when the action indicates a power adjustment ; c) relinquishing the system communication resource when the action indicates a direct mode operation ; and d) affiliating with a direct mode communication resource when the action indicates the direct mode operation , wherein the direct mode communication resource is not the system communication resource .

US5666661A

Filed: 1995-11-27 Issued: 1997-09-09

Method for automatically bypassing the use of a communication system infrastructure

(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC

Gary W. Grube, Marc C. Naddell, Mark L. Shaughnessy

US7184707B2
CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (first location) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .

US5666661A
CLAIM 5 . In a communication system having a first communication unit engaged in a communication , using a system communication resource , with a second communication unit , the first communication unit having a first location (communication controlling information includes connection) , the second communication unit having a second location , and there being a distance relationship between the first communication unit and the second communication unit , the distance relationship being based on the first location and the second location , a method for the first communication unit to change communication modes , the method comprising the steps of : a) receiving a mode change message , the mode change message being based on the distance relationship , wherein the mode change message includes an action ;
b) adjusting the transmit power level of the first communication unit , when the action indicates a power adjustment ;
c) relinquishing the system communication resource when the action indicates a direct mode operation ;
and d) affiliating with a direct mode communication resource when the action indicates the direct mode operation , wherein the direct mode communication resource is not the system communication resource .

US7184707B2
CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (first location) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (power level) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .

US5666661A
CLAIM 2 . In the method of claim 1 , step (e) further comprises performing the action by adjusting transmit power level (power level) s of the communication units , based on the distance relationship .

US5666661A
CLAIM 5 . In a communication system having a first communication unit engaged in a communication , using a system communication resource , with a second communication unit , the first communication unit having a first location (communication controlling information includes connection) , the second communication unit having a second location , and there being a distance relationship between the first communication unit and the second communication unit , the distance relationship being based on the first location and the second location , a method for the first communication unit to change communication modes , the method comprising the steps of : a) receiving a mode change message , the mode change message being based on the distance relationship , wherein the mode change message includes an action ;
b) adjusting the transmit power level of the first communication unit , when the action indicates a power adjustment ;
c) relinquishing the system communication resource when the action indicates a direct mode operation ;
and d) affiliating with a direct mode communication resource when the action indicates the direct mode operation , wherein the direct mode communication resource is not the system communication resource .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5677918A Filed: 1995-07-28 Issued: 1997-10-14 Method and device for efficient error correction in a packet-switched communication system (Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC Phieu Moc Tran, Jeffrey Charles Smolinske, Robert Clarence Scheibel, Jr., Christopher Lamonte Clanton
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (ion layer) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (packet transmission) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5677918A CLAIM 1 . A novel method for error correction in a packet-switched communication system , comprising the steps of : A) transmitting , by a subscriber unit , a packet to a base site using a segment-level error correction scheme ; B) assembling , by the base site , constituent segments of a packet ; C) determining whether a packet-level error detection code indicates that a packet is error-free ; D) where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is error-free , passing , by the base site , the packet to open systems interconnection layer (exchange data) 3 , and where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is in error , broadcasting , by the base site , information indicating that an error has occurred ; and E) where the subscriber unit receives information indicating that an error has occurred , retransmitting the packet by returning to step A , and where the subscriber unit fails to receive information indicating that an error has occurred , packet transmission (service information) by the subscriber unit has been completed .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (ion layer) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (packet transmission) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (cyclic redundancy) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5677918A CLAIM 1 . A novel method for error correction in a packet-switched communication system , comprising the steps of : A) transmitting , by a subscriber unit , a packet to a base site using a segment-level error correction scheme ; B) assembling , by the base site , constituent segments of a packet ; C) determining whether a packet-level error detection code indicates that a packet is error-free ; D) where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is error-free , passing , by the base site , the packet to open systems interconnection layer (exchange data) 3 , and where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is in error , broadcasting , by the base site , information indicating that an error has occurred ; and E) where the subscriber unit receives information indicating that an error has occurred , retransmitting the packet by returning to step A , and where the subscriber unit fails to receive information indicating that an error has occurred , packet transmission (service information) by the subscriber unit has been completed . US5677918A CLAIM 10 . The method of claim 1 wherein the packet-level error detection field is one of : a cyclic redundancy (communication controlling information memory) check (CRC) , and a checksum .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (packet transmission) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5677918A CLAIM 1 . A novel method for error correction in a packet-switched communication system , comprising the steps of : A) transmitting , by a subscriber unit , a packet to a base site using a segment-level error correction scheme ; B) assembling , by the base site , constituent segments of a packet ; C) determining whether a packet-level error detection code indicates that a packet is error-free ; D) where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is error-free , passing , by the base site , the packet to open systems interconnection layer 3 , and where the packet-level error detection code indicates that the packet is in error , broadcasting , by the base site , information indicating that an error has occurred ; and E) where the subscriber unit receives information indicating that an error has occurred , retransmitting the packet by returning to step A , and where the subscriber unit fails to receive information indicating that an error has occurred , packet transmission (service information) by the subscriber unit has been completed .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5774668A Filed: 1995-06-07 Issued: 1998-06-30 System for on-line service in which gateway computer uses service map which includes loading condition of servers broadcasted by application servers for load balancing (Original Assignee) Microsoft Corp (Current Assignee) Microsoft Technology Licensing LLC Philippe Choquier, Jean-Francios Peyroux, William J. Griffin
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (control protocol) configured to store service information (respective data, data connection) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information (respective data, data connection) stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (respective data, data connection) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5774668A CLAIM 1 . A data center for providing on-line service to end users who connect to the data center from client computers that run client applications , comprising : a plurality of application servers interconnected by a local area network , each application server running at least one service application that implements an on-line service , different groups of said application servers running different service applications to provide different on-line services , application servers which run like service applications forming service groups ; and a plurality of gateway computers connected to said application servers by said local area network and connected to the client computers by a wide area network , each gateway computer locally storing a respective copy of a service map that includes a mapping of application servers to service groups , said service map automatically updated by said plurality of application servers , each gateway computer programmed to receive service requests from client computers and to route said service requests to application servers running corresponding service applications , the gateway computers further programmed to establish and maintain bi-directional data connection (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) s between the client computers and said application servers over the local area network based on entries within the service map , the data connections corresponding to user service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 29 . The client microcomputer according to claim 27 , said communications program further configured to implement a sliding window flow control protocol (information memory) . US5774668A CLAIM 54 . The gateway computer according to claim 50 , said CPU further programmed to : (d) receive respective data (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) streams from at least two servers of said plurality of servers , and (e) multiplex said data streams for transmission to said client computer .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (respective data, data connection) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information (respective data, data connection) defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (control protocol) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5774668A CLAIM 1 . A data center for providing on-line service to end users who connect to the data center from client computers that run client applications , comprising : a plurality of application servers interconnected by a local area network , each application server running at least one service application that implements an on-line service , different groups of said application servers running different service applications to provide different on-line services , application servers which run like service applications forming service groups ; and a plurality of gateway computers connected to said application servers by said local area network and connected to the client computers by a wide area network , each gateway computer locally storing a respective copy of a service map that includes a mapping of application servers to service groups , said service map automatically updated by said plurality of application servers , each gateway computer programmed to receive service requests from client computers and to route said service requests to application servers running corresponding service applications , the gateway computers further programmed to establish and maintain bi-directional data connection (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) s between the client computers and said application servers over the local area network based on entries within the service map , the data connections corresponding to user service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 29 . The client microcomputer according to claim 27 , said communications program further configured to implement a sliding window flow control protocol (information memory) . US5774668A CLAIM 54 . The gateway computer according to claim 50 , said CPU further programmed to : (d) receive respective data (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) streams from at least two servers of said plurality of servers , and (e) multiplex said data streams for transmission to said client computer .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (respective data, data connection) includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (count value) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (load data) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5774668A CLAIM 1 . A data center for providing on-line service to end users who connect to the data center from client computers that run client applications , comprising : a plurality of application servers interconnected by a local area network , each application server running at least one service application that implements an on-line service , different groups of said application servers running different service applications to provide different on-line services , application servers which run like service applications forming service groups ; and a plurality of gateway computers connected to said application servers by said local area network and connected to the client computers by a wide area network , each gateway computer locally storing a respective copy of a service map that includes a mapping of application servers to service groups , said service map automatically updated by said plurality of application servers , each gateway computer programmed to receive service requests from client computers and to route said service requests to application servers running corresponding service applications , the gateway computers further programmed to establish and maintain bi-directional data connection (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) s between the client computers and said application servers over the local area network based on entries within the service map , the data connections corresponding to user service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 13 . The data center according to claim 11 , wherein said service map contains , for each of said application servers , a client count value (detecting command) that indicates a current number of service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 50 . A gateway computer , comprising : a first network interface for communicating with client computers ; second network interface for communicating with a plurality of servers ; a memory , said memory containing load data (disconnection discriminating conditions) for said plurality of servers , said load data updated periodically such that said load data indicates current loads for said plurality of servers , said load data indicating , for each server of said plurality of servers , an available processing power for processing requests from client computers ; and a CPU , said CPU programmed to each of : (a) receive a request from a client computer , (b) in response to said request , access said load data to identify a server of said plurality of servers that is lightly load , and (c) route said request to said server identified in step (b) . US5774668A CLAIM 54 . The gateway computer according to claim 50 , said CPU further programmed to : (d) receive respective data (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) streams from at least two servers of said plurality of servers , and (e) multiplex said data streams for transmission to said client computer .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (respective data, data connection) includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (load data) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level (network bandwidth) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5774668A CLAIM 1 . A data center for providing on-line service to end users who connect to the data center from client computers that run client applications , comprising : a plurality of application servers interconnected by a local area network , each application server running at least one service application that implements an on-line service , different groups of said application servers running different service applications to provide different on-line services , application servers which run like service applications forming service groups ; and a plurality of gateway computers connected to said application servers by said local area network and connected to the client computers by a wide area network , each gateway computer locally storing a respective copy of a service map that includes a mapping of application servers to service groups , said service map automatically updated by said plurality of application servers , each gateway computer programmed to receive service requests from client computers and to route said service requests to application servers running corresponding service applications , the gateway computers further programmed to establish and maintain bi-directional data connection (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) s between the client computers and said application servers over the local area network based on entries within the service map , the data connections corresponding to user service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 17 . The data center according to claim 16 , wherein said portions of different messages are varied in size so as to allocate different amounts of wide area network bandwidth (power level) to different services . US5774668A CLAIM 50 . A gateway computer , comprising : a first network interface for communicating with client computers ; second network interface for communicating with a plurality of servers ; a memory , said memory containing load data (disconnection discriminating conditions) for said plurality of servers , said load data updated periodically such that said load data indicates current loads for said plurality of servers , said load data indicating , for each server of said plurality of servers , an available processing power for processing requests from client computers ; and a CPU , said CPU programmed to each of : (a) receive a request from a client computer , (b) in response to said request , access said load data to identify a server of said plurality of servers that is lightly load , and (c) route said request to said server identified in step (b) . US5774668A CLAIM 54 . The gateway computer according to claim 50 , said CPU further programmed to : (d) receive respective data (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) streams from at least two servers of said plurality of servers , and (e) multiplex said data streams for transmission to said client computer .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state (said load) based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (respective data, data connection) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (different quantities) .	US5774668A CLAIM 1 . A data center for providing on-line service to end users who connect to the data center from client computers that run client applications , comprising : a plurality of application servers interconnected by a local area network , each application server running at least one service application that implements an on-line service , different groups of said application servers running different service applications to provide different on-line services , application servers which run like service applications forming service groups ; and a plurality of gateway computers connected to said application servers by said local area network and connected to the client computers by a wide area network , each gateway computer locally storing a respective copy of a service map that includes a mapping of application servers to service groups , said service map automatically updated by said plurality of application servers , each gateway computer programmed to receive service requests from client computers and to route said service requests to application servers running corresponding service applications , the gateway computers further programmed to establish and maintain bi-directional data connection (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) s between the client computers and said application servers over the local area network based on entries within the service map , the data connections corresponding to user service sessions . US5774668A CLAIM 45 . The method according to claim 43 , wherein said step of multiplexing comprises allocating different quantities (discrimination result) of wide area network bandwidth to different data streams of said plurality of data streams to thereby accommodate for differing throughput priorities of different services . US5774668A CLAIM 50 . A gateway computer , comprising : a first network interface for communicating with client computers ; second network interface for communicating with a plurality of servers ; a memory , said memory containing load data for said plurality of servers , said load (disconnection state) data updated periodically such that said load data indicates current loads for said plurality of servers , said load data indicating , for each server of said plurality of servers , an available processing power for processing requests from client computers ; and a CPU , said CPU programmed to each of : (a) receive a request from a client computer , (b) in response to said request , access said load data to identify a server of said plurality of servers that is lightly load , and (c) route said request to said server identified in step (b) . US5774668A CLAIM 54 . The gateway computer according to claim 50 , said CPU further programmed to : (d) receive respective data (store service information, communication controlling information, using service information) streams from at least two servers of said plurality of servers , and (e) multiplex said data streams for transmission to said client computer .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5585952A Filed: 1995-06-06 Issued: 1996-12-17 Communication apparatus automatically selecting one of two operation modes (Original Assignee) Sharp Corp (Current Assignee) Sharp Corp Akira Imai, Yuji Ichikawa, Kaoru Hieda, Masahiko Tsukamoto
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (out operation) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5585952A CLAIM 2 . The communication apparatus according to claim 1 , wherein said second communication protocol is more advantageous than said first communication protocol , wherein said first transmission means transmits a signal in which a flag signal is included indicating that said communication apparatus is capable of executing said second communication protocol , wherein said control means responds to said flag signal in a signal received during execution of an operation of establishing a connection in said first communication protocol to fixedly select said second communication protocol to carry out operation (communication controlling information memory) for connection with a station of the other party .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (communication media) with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5585952A CLAIM 3 . The communication apparatus according to claim 2 , wherein said first and second transmission means and said first and second reception means use infrared rays as communication media (exchanges data) .

US5585952A

Filed: 1995-06-06 Issued: 1996-12-17

Communication apparatus automatically selecting one of two operation modes

(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp (Current Assignee) Sharp Corp

Akira Imai, Yuji Ichikawa, Kaoru Hieda, Masahiko Tsukamoto

US7184707B2
CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ;

a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ;

a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a communication controlling information memory (out operation) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ;

and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .

US5585952A
CLAIM 2 . The communication apparatus according to claim 1 , wherein said second communication protocol is more advantageous than said first communication protocol , wherein said first transmission means transmits a signal in which a flag signal is included indicating that said communication apparatus is capable of executing said second communication protocol , wherein said control means responds to said flag signal in a signal received during execution of an operation of establishing a connection in said first communication protocol to fixedly select said second communication protocol to carry out operation (communication controlling information memory) for connection with a station of the other party .

US7184707B2
CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data (communication media) with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ;

storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ;

judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ;

and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .

US5585952A
CLAIM 3 . The communication apparatus according to claim 2 , wherein said first and second transmission means and said first and second reception means use infrared rays as communication media (exchanges data) .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5509121A Filed: 1995-04-25 Issued: 1996-04-16 Multi-protocol communication control apparatus (Original Assignee) Hitachi Ltd (Current Assignee) Hitachi Ltd Yukio Nakata, Hidemitsu Higuchi, Yukio Shimamoto, Atsushi Kobayashi
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (mapping process) for a newly established radio communication connection (interface control) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (predetermined application) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5509121A CLAIM 1 . A multi-protocol communication control apparatus in a multi-protocol communication network system which couples a plurality of said multi-protocal communication control apparatuses through transmission mediums , comprising : a plurality of lower layer protocal controllers , each of said lower layer protocol controllers having a lower layer protocol different from the lower layer protocols of the other lower layer protocal controllers and being capable of at least forming a data link and transmitting communication data through a predetermined transmission medium , each of said lower layer protocol controllers includes a data link controller and a sender/receiver for driving said data link controller to send and receive communication data having a communication data format of a data link type different from communication data of the other data link controllers ; a plurality of upper layer protocol controllers , each of said upper layer protocol controllers having an upper layer protocol different from upper layer protocols of the other upper layer protocol controllers and being capable of at least forming a transport layer and network layer defined by a predetermined application (using service information) , each of said upper layer protocol controllers outputting a request which has a data link type and an entry address ; a common interface control (radio communication connection) ler installed between said lower layer protocol controllers and said upper layer protocol controllers , said common interface controller includes a mapping table for storing information indicating corresponding relations between a kind of upper layer protocol controller and a kind of lower layer protocol controller in accordance with said request from each of said upper layer protocol controllers and a mapping process (communication conditions) or for processing exchanges of communication data between each of said sender/receivers provided in each of the lower layer protocol controllers and each of the upper layer protocol controllers in accordance with said information indicating a corresponding relation stored on said mapping table ; and a packet type identifier for identifying a kind of data link type in a packet of communication data received through a transmission medium from another multi-protocol communication control apparatus and for transmitting said packet of communication data to a desired data link controller selected in accordance with said identified kind of data link type .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (interface control) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5509121A CLAIM 1 . A multi-protocol communication control apparatus in a multi-protocol communication network system which couples a plurality of said multi-protocal communication control apparatuses through transmission mediums , comprising : a plurality of lower layer protocal controllers , each of said lower layer protocol controllers having a lower layer protocol different from the lower layer protocols of the other lower layer protocal controllers and being capable of at least forming a data link and transmitting communication data through a predetermined transmission medium , each of said lower layer protocol controllers includes a data link controller and a sender/receiver for driving said data link controller to send and receive communication data having a communication data format of a data link type different from communication data of the other data link controllers ; a plurality of upper layer protocol controllers , each of said upper layer protocol controllers having an upper layer protocol different from upper layer protocols of the other upper layer protocol controllers and being capable of at least forming a transport layer and network layer defined by a predetermined application , each of said upper layer protocol controllers outputting a request which has a data link type and an entry address ; a common interface control (radio communication connection) ler installed between said lower layer protocol controllers and said upper layer protocol controllers , said common interface controller includes a mapping table for storing information indicating corresponding relations between a kind of upper layer protocol controller and a kind of lower layer protocol controller in accordance with said request from each of said upper layer protocol controllers and a mapping processor for processing exchanges of communication data between each of said sender/receivers provided in each of the lower layer protocol controllers and each of the upper layer protocol controllers in accordance with said information indicating a corresponding relation stored on said mapping table ; and a packet type identifier for identifying a kind of data link type in a packet of communication data received through a transmission medium from another multi-protocol communication control apparatus and for transmitting said packet of communication data to a desired data link controller selected in accordance with said identified kind of data link type .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (interface control) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5509121A CLAIM 1 . A multi-protocol communication control apparatus in a multi-protocol communication network system which couples a plurality of said multi-protocal communication control apparatuses through transmission mediums , comprising : a plurality of lower layer protocal controllers , each of said lower layer protocol controllers having a lower layer protocol different from the lower layer protocols of the other lower layer protocal controllers and being capable of at least forming a data link and transmitting communication data through a predetermined transmission medium , each of said lower layer protocol controllers includes a data link controller and a sender/receiver for driving said data link controller to send and receive communication data having a communication data format of a data link type different from communication data of the other data link controllers ; a plurality of upper layer protocol controllers , each of said upper layer protocol controllers having an upper layer protocol different from upper layer protocols of the other upper layer protocol controllers and being capable of at least forming a transport layer and network layer defined by a predetermined application , each of said upper layer protocol controllers outputting a request which has a data link type and an entry address ; a common interface control (radio communication connection) ler installed between said lower layer protocol controllers and said upper layer protocol controllers , said common interface controller includes a mapping table for storing information indicating corresponding relations between a kind of upper layer protocol controller and a kind of lower layer protocol controller in accordance with said request from each of said upper layer protocol controllers and a mapping processor for processing exchanges of communication data between each of said sender/receivers provided in each of the lower layer protocol controllers and each of the upper layer protocol controllers in accordance with said information indicating a corresponding relation stored on said mapping table ; and a packet type identifier for identifying a kind of data link type in a packet of communication data received through a transmission medium from another multi-protocol communication control apparatus and for transmitting said packet of communication data to a desired data link controller selected in accordance with said identified kind of data link type .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (interface control) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (predetermined application) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5509121A CLAIM 1 . A multi-protocol communication control apparatus in a multi-protocol communication network system which couples a plurality of said multi-protocal communication control apparatuses through transmission mediums , comprising : a plurality of lower layer protocal controllers , each of said lower layer protocol controllers having a lower layer protocol different from the lower layer protocols of the other lower layer protocal controllers and being capable of at least forming a data link and transmitting communication data through a predetermined transmission medium , each of said lower layer protocol controllers includes a data link controller and a sender/receiver for driving said data link controller to send and receive communication data having a communication data format of a data link type different from communication data of the other data link controllers ; a plurality of upper layer protocol controllers , each of said upper layer protocol controllers having an upper layer protocol different from upper layer protocols of the other upper layer protocol controllers and being capable of at least forming a transport layer and network layer defined by a predetermined application (using service information) , each of said upper layer protocol controllers outputting a request which has a data link type and an entry address ; a common interface control (radio communication connection) ler installed between said lower layer protocol controllers and said upper layer protocol controllers , said common interface controller includes a mapping table for storing information indicating corresponding relations between a kind of upper layer protocol controller and a kind of lower layer protocol controller in accordance with said request from each of said upper layer protocol controllers and a mapping processor for processing exchanges of communication data between each of said sender/receivers provided in each of the lower layer protocol controllers and each of the upper layer protocol controllers in accordance with said information indicating a corresponding relation stored on said mapping table ; and a packet type identifier for identifying a kind of data link type in a packet of communication data received through a transmission medium from another multi-protocol communication control apparatus and for transmitting said packet of communication data to a desired data link controller selected in accordance with said identified kind of data link type .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5563943A Filed: 1995-04-21 Issued: 1996-10-08 ISDN interface unit with separate ring generator (Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd (Current Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd Tomoyoshi Takebayashi, Toshihiro Azami, Ryuichi Matsukura, Hiroki Hasegawa, Satoshi Okuyama
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module (signal generator) configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5563943A CLAIM 1 . An ISDN interface apparatus for processing an interface process to an ISDN and to an analog telephone , comprising : an ISDN interface unit having a ring signal controller for supplying a control signal to designate a generation of a ring of the analog telephone when a connection is designated to the analog telephone from the ISDN ; and a ring signal generator (designating module) unit , connected to the ISDN interface unit through a first modular jack and connected to the analog telephone through a second modular jack , having a ring signal generator for generating a ring signal to obtain the ring of the analog telephone and switch means for selecting one of the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator and a voice signal output through the first and second modular jacks and for supplying the selected signal to the analog telephone , wherein the switch means supplies the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator to the analog telephone when the ring signal controller outputs the control signal .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module (signal generator) configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5563943A CLAIM 1 . An ISDN interface apparatus for processing an interface process to an ISDN and to an analog telephone , comprising : an ISDN interface unit having a ring signal controller for supplying a control signal to designate a generation of a ring of the analog telephone when a connection is designated to the analog telephone from the ISDN ; and a ring signal generator (designating module) unit , connected to the ISDN interface unit through a first modular jack and connected to the analog telephone through a second modular jack , having a ring signal generator for generating a ring signal to obtain the ring of the analog telephone and switch means for selecting one of the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator and a voice signal output through the first and second modular jacks and for supplying the selected signal to the analog telephone , wherein the switch means supplies the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator to the analog telephone when the ring signal controller outputs the control signal .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (signal output) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5563943A CLAIM 1 . An ISDN interface apparatus for processing an interface process to an ISDN and to an analog telephone , comprising : an ISDN interface unit having a ring signal controller for supplying a control signal to designate a generation of a ring of the analog telephone when a connection is designated to the analog telephone from the ISDN ; and a ring signal generator unit , connected to the ISDN interface unit through a first modular jack and connected to the analog telephone through a second modular jack , having a ring signal generator for generating a ring signal to obtain the ring of the analog telephone and switch means for selecting one of the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator and a voice signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) through the first and second modular jacks and for supplying the selected signal to the analog telephone , wherein the switch means supplies the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator to the analog telephone when the ring signal controller outputs the control signal .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5563943A CLAIM 1 . An ISDN interface apparatus for processing an interface process to an ISDN and to an analog telephone , comprising : an ISDN interface unit having a ring signal controller for supplying a control signal to designate a generation of a ring of the analog telephone when a connection is designated to the analog telephone from the ISDN ; and a ring signal generator unit , connected to the ISDN interface unit through a first modular jack and connected to the analog telephone through a second modular jack , having a ring signal generator for generating a ring signal to obtain the ring of the analog telephone and switch means for selecting one of the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator and a voice signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) through the first and second modular jacks and for supplying the selected signal to the analog telephone , wherein the switch means supplies the ring signal generated by the ring signal generator to the analog telephone when the ring signal controller outputs the control signal .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5638373A Filed: 1995-03-10 Issued: 1997-06-10 ISDN interface unit (Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd (Current Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd Tomoyoshi Takebayashi, Toshihiro Azami, Ryuichi Matsukura, Hiroki Hasegawa, Satoshi Okuyama
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (signal output) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5638373A CLAIM 4 . An ISDN interface unit mounted on a data processing unit for interfacing between the data processing unit and an ISDN line , comprising : a code conversion circuit converting a nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line to a linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit , and converting linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit to nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line ; and an addition circuit adding a voice signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) to the ISDN line or nonlinear PCM coded data of a voice signal input from the ISDN line and nonlinear PCM coded data output from the code conversion circuit , the voice signal being combined with stored linear PCM coded data in the data processing unit in accordance with the addition process of the addition circuit , the combined data being output to the ISDN line or an analog telephone .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5638373A CLAIM 4 . An ISDN interface unit mounted on a data processing unit for interfacing between the data processing unit and an ISDN line , comprising : a code conversion circuit converting a nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line to a linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit , and converting linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit to nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line ; and an addition circuit adding a voice signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) to the ISDN line or nonlinear PCM coded data of a voice signal input from the ISDN line and nonlinear PCM coded data output from the code conversion circuit , the voice signal being combined with stored linear PCM coded data in the data processing unit in accordance with the addition process of the addition circuit , the combined data being output to the ISDN line or an analog telephone .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication (signal input) with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5638373A CLAIM 4 . An ISDN interface unit mounted on a data processing unit for interfacing between the data processing unit and an ISDN line , comprising : a code conversion circuit converting a nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line to a linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit , and converting linear PCM coded data used in the data processing unit to nonlinear PCM coded data used in the ISDN line ; and an addition circuit adding a voice signal output to the ISDN line or nonlinear PCM coded data of a voice signal input (performing radio communication) from the ISDN line and nonlinear PCM coded data output from the code conversion circuit , the voice signal being combined with stored linear PCM coded data in the data processing unit in accordance with the addition process of the addition circuit , the combined data being output to the ISDN line or an analog telephone .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5570352A Filed: 1995-02-17 Issued: 1996-10-29 Digital cellular network/system with mobile stations communicating with base stations using frequency-hopping and having enhanced effect of interference diversity (Original Assignee) Nokia Networks Oy (Current Assignee) Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Petri Poyhonen
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (mobile stations) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (base stations) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5570352A CLAIM 1 . A digital TDMA/FDMA (Time Division Multiple Access/Frequency Division Multiple Access) cellular network system , comprising : a plurality of base stations (service information, using service information) forming respective radio cells ; each said base station having a determined static frequency of a control channel of the respective said radio cell , and comprising a first transceiver transmitting control data of said system concerning the respective said radio cell continuously at said determined static frequency , in at least one predetermined time slot of a TDMA frame having a plurality of time slots and including a plurality of traffic channels in at least a part of others of said time slots ; at least some of said base stations each further comprising at least one second transceiver for said traffic channels ; a plurality of mobile stations (exchange data) , each effectively connected to a respective said base station via radio ; and said system providing a reuse pattern of N radio cells , wherein N is a number corresponding to the total number of carrier frequencies used by all said base stations , each said carrier frequency forming a respective said control channel in a respective one of said radio cells of said reuse pattern , and , in respective radio cells of said reuse pattern , respective said traffic channels of the respective said at least one second transceiver using frequency-hopping sequence such that : on respective traffic channels within time slots corresponding to each said at least one time slot as is being used for transmitting respective control data of the respective radio cell , substantially all of said carrier frequencies except for the respective said carrier frequency on which control data is being transmitted for the respective said radio cell , belong to said frequency-hopping sequence , and on respective traffic channels within said other time slots , substantially all of said carrier frequencies belong to the frequency-hopping sequence , and respective said frequency-hopping sequences for said radio cells of said reuse pattern being mutually non-synchronous .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (mobile stations) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (base stations) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5570352A CLAIM 1 . A digital TDMA/FDMA (Time Division Multiple Access/Frequency Division Multiple Access) cellular network system , comprising : a plurality of base stations (service information, using service information) forming respective radio cells ; each said base station having a determined static frequency of a control channel of the respective said radio cell , and comprising a first transceiver transmitting control data of said system concerning the respective said radio cell continuously at said determined static frequency , in at least one predetermined time slot of a TDMA frame having a plurality of time slots and including a plurality of traffic channels in at least a part of others of said time slots ; at least some of said base stations each further comprising at least one second transceiver for said traffic channels ; a plurality of mobile stations (exchange data) , each effectively connected to a respective said base station via radio ; and said system providing a reuse pattern of N radio cells , wherein N is a number corresponding to the total number of carrier frequencies used by all said base stations , each said carrier frequency forming a respective said control channel in a respective one of said radio cells of said reuse pattern , and , in respective radio cells of said reuse pattern , respective said traffic channels of the respective said at least one second transceiver using frequency-hopping sequence such that : on respective traffic channels within time slots corresponding to each said at least one time slot as is being used for transmitting respective control data of the respective radio cell , substantially all of said carrier frequencies except for the respective said carrier frequency on which control data is being transmitted for the respective said radio cell , belong to said frequency-hopping sequence , and on respective traffic channels within said other time slots , substantially all of said carrier frequencies belong to the frequency-hopping sequence , and respective said frequency-hopping sequences for said radio cells of said reuse pattern being mutually non-synchronous .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues (cellular network) during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5570352A CLAIM 1 . A digital TDMA/FDMA (Time Division Multiple Access/Frequency Division Multiple Access) cellular network (target communication terminal issues) system , comprising : a plurality of base stations forming respective radio cells ; each said base station having a determined static frequency of a control channel of the respective said radio cell , and comprising a first transceiver transmitting control data of said system concerning the respective said radio cell continuously at said determined static frequency , in at least one predetermined time slot of a TDMA frame having a plurality of time slots and including a plurality of traffic channels in at least a part of others of said time slots ; at least some of said base stations each further comprising at least one second transceiver for said traffic channels ; a plurality of mobile stations , each effectively connected to a respective said base station via radio ; and said system providing a reuse pattern of N radio cells , wherein N is a number corresponding to the total number of carrier frequencies used by all said base stations , each said carrier frequency forming a respective said control channel in a respective one of said radio cells of said reuse pattern , and , in respective radio cells of said reuse pattern , respective said traffic channels of the respective said at least one second transceiver using frequency-hopping sequence such that : on respective traffic channels within time slots corresponding to each said at least one time slot as is being used for transmitting respective control data of the respective radio cell , substantially all of said carrier frequencies except for the respective said carrier frequency on which control data is being transmitted for the respective said radio cell , belong to said frequency-hopping sequence , and on respective traffic channels within said other time slots , substantially all of said carrier frequencies belong to the frequency-hopping sequence , and respective said frequency-hopping sequences for said radio cells of said reuse pattern being mutually non-synchronous .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (base stations) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5570352A CLAIM 1 . A digital TDMA/FDMA (Time Division Multiple Access/Frequency Division Multiple Access) cellular network system , comprising : a plurality of base stations (service information, using service information) forming respective radio cells ; each said base station having a determined static frequency of a control channel of the respective said radio cell , and comprising a first transceiver transmitting control data of said system concerning the respective said radio cell continuously at said determined static frequency , in at least one predetermined time slot of a TDMA frame having a plurality of time slots and including a plurality of traffic channels in at least a part of others of said time slots ; at least some of said base stations each further comprising at least one second transceiver for said traffic channels ; a plurality of mobile stations , each effectively connected to a respective said base station via radio ; and said system providing a reuse pattern of N radio cells , wherein N is a number corresponding to the total number of carrier frequencies used by all said base stations , each said carrier frequency forming a respective said control channel in a respective one of said radio cells of said reuse pattern , and , in respective radio cells of said reuse pattern , respective said traffic channels of the respective said at least one second transceiver using frequency-hopping sequence such that : on respective traffic channels within time slots corresponding to each said at least one time slot as is being used for transmitting respective control data of the respective radio cell , substantially all of said carrier frequencies except for the respective said carrier frequency on which control data is being transmitted for the respective said radio cell , belong to said frequency-hopping sequence , and on respective traffic channels within said other time slots , substantially all of said carrier frequencies belong to the frequency-hopping sequence , and respective said frequency-hopping sequences for said radio cells of said reuse pattern being mutually non-synchronous .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5608324A Filed: 1994-12-29 Issued: 1997-03-04 Apparatus for detecting a remaining capacity of a battery in a portable data transmission/reception device (Original Assignee) NEC Corp (Current Assignee) NEC Corp Toshio Yoshida
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (characteristic curve) with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information (battery life) memory (battery life) configured to store service information (battery life) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection (minimum time) with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5608324A CLAIM 1 . A signal processing system for detecting a remaining capacity of a battery , comprising : measuring means for measuring a battery voltage ; first detecting means for detecting a first time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined level based on a pre-stored battery characteristic curve (exchange data) ; second detecting means for detecting a second time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined threshold voltage based on said pre-stored battery characteristic curve ; estimating means for estimating a remaining time of a battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) of said battery based on said first time and said second time . US5608324A CLAIM 4 . The system as claimed in claim 1 , wherein said pre-stored battery characteristic curve indicates a characteristic of the battery under a condition where a maximum load is applied to said battery and said remaining time indicates a minimum time (existing radio communication connection) of said battery life .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (characteristic curve) with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (battery life) configured to store service information (battery life) (battery life) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection (minimum time) with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5608324A CLAIM 1 . A signal processing system for detecting a remaining capacity of a battery , comprising : measuring means for measuring a battery voltage ; first detecting means for detecting a first time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined level based on a pre-stored battery characteristic curve (exchange data) ; second detecting means for detecting a second time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined threshold voltage based on said pre-stored battery characteristic curve ; estimating means for estimating a remaining time of a battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) of said battery based on said first time and said second time . US5608324A CLAIM 4 . The system as claimed in claim 1 , wherein said pre-stored battery characteristic curve indicates a characteristic of the battery under a condition where a maximum load is applied to said battery and said remaining time indicates a minimum time (existing radio communication connection) of said battery life .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves (transmission data) measured within a predetermined period .	US5608324A CLAIM 5 . A signal processing system having a radio modem connectable to a data terminal , said radio modem comprising : a radio section for transmitting a transmission data (radio waves) signal from said data terminal to a remote radio station and for receiving a reception data signal from said remote radio station ; a battery for supplying a battery voltage to said radio section ; and a first controller for measuring a battery voltage , detecting a first time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined level based on a pre-stored battery characteristic curve , detecting a second time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined threshold voltage based on said pre-stored battery characteristic curve , estimating a remaining time of a battery life of said battery based on said first time and said second time , and determining a data capacity of said data signal which is transmitted and received .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (battery life) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5608324A CLAIM 1 . A signal processing system for detecting a remaining capacity of a battery , comprising : measuring means for measuring a battery voltage ; first detecting means for detecting a first time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined level based on a pre-stored battery characteristic curve ; second detecting means for detecting a second time for said battery voltage to reach a predetermined threshold voltage based on said pre-stored battery characteristic curve ; estimating means for estimating a remaining time of a battery life (service information memory, store service information, service information, service memory) of said battery based on said first time and said second time .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5541954A Filed: 1994-11-22 Issued: 1996-07-30 Frequency hopping communication method and apparatus changing a hopping frequency as a result of a counted number of errors (Original Assignee) Sanyo Electric Co Ltd (Current Assignee) Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Tetsuichi Emi
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information (receive unit) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status (sending data) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (performing communication) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5541954A CLAIM 1 . A frequency hopping communication method performing communication (performing communication) while switching carrier frequencies for the transmission of data in order in accordance with spreading code series for a frequency hopping system , comprising the steps of : determining an error in received data ; specifying a hopping frequency having the determined error as the hopping frequency immediately previous to the currently set hopping frequency ; counting the error in the specified hopping frequency ; changing the specified hopping frequency to an unused frequency when a counted number of the errors becomes a specified threshold or more ; and sending data (connection status) of the changed hopping frequency and the unused hopping frequency to an other party and making the other party change a hopping frequency accordingly and continue communicating . US5541954A CLAIM 6 . A frequency hopping communication apparatus comprising : a frequency synthesizer ; a transmit unit and a receive unit (store service information) for sending and receiving data with an output frequency of the frequency synthesizer as a carrier frequency ; a spreading code control unit for hopping the output frequency of the frequency synthesizer to a predetermined pattern of frequencies in accordance with a prescribed spreading code series , the spreading code control unit , if used for a data receiving side , detecting an error in the data received from the receive unit , specifying a hopping frequency having the detected error as the hopping frequency immediately previous to the currently set hopping frequency , counting the error generated in the specified hopping frequency and changing the specified hopping frequency to a new hopping frequency when a counted error number becomes a fixed threshold or more ; and a data communication control unit , if used for the data receiving side , sending the erred hopping frequency and the new hopping frequency to a data transmitting side of the receive data , and , if used for the data transmitting side , changing the erred hopping frequency to the new hopping frequency so as to carry out following data transmission .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (receive unit) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status (sending data) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5541954A CLAIM 1 . A frequency hopping communication method performing communication while switching carrier frequencies for the transmission of data in order in accordance with spreading code series for a frequency hopping system , comprising the steps of : determining an error in received data ; specifying a hopping frequency having the determined error as the hopping frequency immediately previous to the currently set hopping frequency ; counting the error in the specified hopping frequency ; changing the specified hopping frequency to an unused frequency when a counted number of the errors becomes a specified threshold or more ; and sending data (connection status) of the changed hopping frequency and the unused hopping frequency to an other party and making the other party change a hopping frequency accordingly and continue communicating . US5541954A CLAIM 6 . A frequency hopping communication apparatus comprising : a frequency synthesizer ; a transmit unit and a receive unit (store service information) for sending and receiving data with an output frequency of the frequency synthesizer as a carrier frequency ; a spreading code control unit for hopping the output frequency of the frequency synthesizer to a predetermined pattern of frequencies in accordance with a prescribed spreading code series , the spreading code control unit , if used for a data receiving side , detecting an error in the data received from the receive unit , specifying a hopping frequency having the detected error as the hopping frequency immediately previous to the currently set hopping frequency , counting the error generated in the specified hopping frequency and changing the specified hopping frequency to a new hopping frequency when a counted error number becomes a fixed threshold or more ; and a data communication control unit , if used for the data receiving side , sending the erred hopping frequency and the new hopping frequency to a data transmitting side of the receive data , and , if used for the data transmitting side , changing the erred hopping frequency to the new hopping frequency so as to carry out following data transmission .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (unit changes) .	US5541954A CLAIM 7 . The frequency hopping communication apparatus of claim 6 , wherein the spreading code control unit changes (discrimination result) the specified hopping frequency to a new hopping frequency which is outside a frequency range of the specified hopping frequency .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5752185A Filed: 1994-11-21 Issued: 1998-05-12 Disconnection management system for wireless voice communications (Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp (Current Assignee) AT&T Corp ; Nokia of America Corp Sudhir Raman Ahuja
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (first link) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status (communication service) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (first link) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5752185A CLAIM 1 . A method of providing voice communications services to users , the method comprising : establishing an initial end-to-end communications link comprising : a) an initial first segment which carries wireless communications signals and which connects a wireless network to a wireless end-user apparatus , and b) a second segment which connects a communications end-user device to said wireless network ; in response to detecting a signal indicating that the initial first segment of the link has been disconnected , inhibiting release of the second segment ; setting up a subsequent first segment extending from said wireless network to said wireless end-user apparatus ; establishing a new end-to-end communications link comprising : of the second segment and said subsequent first segment ; and adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of the voice communication service (disconnection status) s to compensate for delays in establishing the new end-to-end communication link . US5752185A CLAIM 14 . A wireless communications system comprising : a transceiver which detects a signal indicative of a loss of carrier signal on a first link (communication device, performing communication) which carries wireless communications signals to and from a wireless user , said first link being part of an end-to-end communications path which includes a second link serving a communications service user with whom said wireless user was communicating prior to said loss of carrier signal ; means responsive to said detection of loss of carrier signal for restraining release of said second link ; means for establishing a third link capable of carrying wireless communications signals to and from said wireless user ; means for bridging said third link to said second link to re-establish an end-to-end communications path between said wireless user and said communications service user ; and means for adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of said end-to-end communications path to compensate for delays associated with : a) establishing said third link , and b) bridging said third link to said second link .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (first link) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status (communication service) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5752185A CLAIM 1 . A method of providing voice communications services to users , the method comprising : establishing an initial end-to-end communications link comprising : a) an initial first segment which carries wireless communications signals and which connects a wireless network to a wireless end-user apparatus , and b) a second segment which connects a communications end-user device to said wireless network ; in response to detecting a signal indicating that the initial first segment of the link has been disconnected , inhibiting release of the second segment ; setting up a subsequent first segment extending from said wireless network to said wireless end-user apparatus ; establishing a new end-to-end communications link comprising : of the second segment and said subsequent first segment ; and adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of the voice communication service (disconnection status) s to compensate for delays in establishing the new end-to-end communication link . US5752185A CLAIM 14 . A wireless communications system comprising : a transceiver which detects a signal indicative of a loss of carrier signal on a first link (communication device, performing communication) which carries wireless communications signals to and from a wireless user , said first link being part of an end-to-end communications path which includes a second link serving a communications service user with whom said wireless user was communicating prior to said loss of carrier signal ; means responsive to said detection of loss of carrier signal for restraining release of said second link ; means for establishing a third link capable of carrying wireless communications signals to and from said wireless user ; means for bridging said third link to said second link to re-establish an end-to-end communications path between said wireless user and said communications service user ; and means for adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of said end-to-end communications path to compensate for delays associated with : a) establishing said third link , and b) bridging said third link to said second link .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (first link) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5752185A CLAIM 14 . A wireless communications system comprising : a transceiver which detects a signal indicative of a loss of carrier signal on a first link (communication device, performing communication) which carries wireless communications signals to and from a wireless user , said first link being part of an end-to-end communications path which includes a second link serving a communications service user with whom said wireless user was communicating prior to said loss of carrier signal ; means responsive to said detection of loss of carrier signal for restraining release of said second link ; means for establishing a third link capable of carrying wireless communications signals to and from said wireless user ; means for bridging said third link to said second link to re-establish an end-to-end communications path between said wireless user and said communications service user ; and means for adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of said end-to-end communications path to compensate for delays associated with : a) establishing said third link , and b) bridging said third link to said second link .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (first link) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5752185A CLAIM 14 . A wireless communications system comprising : a transceiver which detects a signal indicative of a loss of carrier signal on a first link (communication device, performing communication) which carries wireless communications signals to and from a wireless user , said first link being part of an end-to-end communications path which includes a second link serving a communications service user with whom said wireless user was communicating prior to said loss of carrier signal ; means responsive to said detection of loss of carrier signal for restraining release of said second link ; means for establishing a third link capable of carrying wireless communications signals to and from said wireless user ; means for bridging said third link to said second link to re-establish an end-to-end communications path between said wireless user and said communications service user ; and means for adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of said end-to-end communications path to compensate for delays associated with : a) establishing said third link , and b) bridging said third link to said second link .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (first link) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5752185A CLAIM 14 . A wireless communications system comprising : a transceiver which detects a signal indicative of a loss of carrier signal on a first link (communication device, performing communication) which carries wireless communications signals to and from a wireless user , said first link being part of an end-to-end communications path which includes a second link serving a communications service user with whom said wireless user was communicating prior to said loss of carrier signal ; means responsive to said detection of loss of carrier signal for restraining release of said second link ; means for establishing a third link capable of carrying wireless communications signals to and from said wireless user ; means for bridging said third link to said second link to re-establish an end-to-end communications path between said wireless user and said communications service user ; and means for adjusting an amount of time recorded for usage of said end-to-end communications path to compensate for delays associated with : a) establishing said third link , and b) bridging said third link to said second link .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5546397A Filed: 1994-05-04 Issued: 1996-08-13 High reliability access point for wireless local area network (Original Assignee) Norand Corp (Current Assignee) Avago Technologies General IP Singapore Pte Ltd ; Innovatio IP Ventures LLC Ronald L. Mahany
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module (RF transmission) configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (using one) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5546397A CLAIM 10 . The high reliability access point of claim 8 wherein said central processing unit means includes means for selectively choosing which wireless adapter to receive incoming RF transmission (communication control module, radio communication control module) whereby said central processing unit means will select the wireless adapter with the highest quality signal reception . US5546397A CLAIM 16 . The high reliability access point of claim 1 : wherein said central processing unit means includes means for initiating an RF transmission over one of said wireless adapters ; and wherein said central processing unit means includes means for listening to said initiated RF transmission using one (connection state, using service information) of said remaining wireless adapters .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (RF transmission) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5546397A CLAIM 10 . The high reliability access point of claim 8 wherein said central processing unit means includes means for selectively choosing which wireless adapter to receive incoming RF transmission (communication control module, radio communication control module) whereby said central processing unit means will select the wireless adapter with the highest quality signal reception .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5546397A CLAIM 2 . The high reliability access point of claim 1 including : means operably connected to said central processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for connecting said high reliability access point to a wired local area network distribution system , said distribution system including a host network ; and wherein said central processing unit means includes means for interfacing said central processor unit means with said host network .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5546397A CLAIM 2 . The high reliability access point of claim 1 including : means operably connected to said central processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for connecting said high reliability access point to a wired local area network distribution system , said distribution system including a host network ; and wherein said central processing unit means includes means for interfacing said central processor unit means with said host network .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state (using one) or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (using one) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5546397A CLAIM 16 . The high reliability access point of claim 1 : wherein said central processing unit means includes means for initiating an RF transmission over one of said wireless adapters ; and wherein said central processing unit means includes means for listening to said initiated RF transmission using one (connection state, using service information) of said remaining wireless adapters .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5574774A Filed: 1994-05-04 Issued: 1996-11-12 Method and apparatus of maintaining an open communications channel between a cellular terminal and an associated cellular radio network (Original Assignee) Ericsson Inc (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc Bjorn G. D. Ahlberg, Johan Falk, Anders Molne
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (other terminals) over a network ; a service information (base stations) memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (new access) (channel monitor) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5574774A CLAIM 1 . A cellular radio communications system comprising : a cellular radio network ; a first cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a first voice channel ; a second cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a second voice channel ; termination means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said first cellular terminal which indicates that communications between the first cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for disconnecting the first voice channel from said first cellular terminal such that the first voice channel can be reused ; and open voice channel maintaining means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said second cellular terminal which indicates that the communications between the second cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for maintaining the second voice channel open for a predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , such that the second cellular terminal continues to access said cellular radio network during the predetermined time period thereafter , via the second voice channel , thereby allowing the second cellular terminal to initiate and receive new communications to and from said cellular telephone network without requiring a new access (communication connection) to the cellular network . US5574774A CLAIM 6 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 4 wherein said cellular radio network is an analog cellular radio network comprising : a plurality of radio base stations (service information, using service information) for communicating , via voice channels , with a plurality of cellular terminals ; and a mobile switching center for interconnecting , via voice channels , predetermined ones of said radio base stations and predetermined terminals . US5574774A CLAIM 11 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 10 wherein said open voice channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means also maintains the digital control channel in an open state between said second cellular terminal and said digital cellular radio network for the predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , and wherein the cellular radio communications system further comprises means for transmitting signals , via the open digital control channel during the predetermined time period , between said feature node and said second cellular terminal . US5574774A CLAIM 34 . The method of maintaining an open voice channel according to claim 31 further comprising the step of placing the cellular terminal in an idle state during the predetermined time period wherein the cellular terminal does not communicate with other terminals (target communication terminal) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (other terminals) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (base stations) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (new access) (channel monitor) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5574774A CLAIM 1 . A cellular radio communications system comprising : a cellular radio network ; a first cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a first voice channel ; a second cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a second voice channel ; termination means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said first cellular terminal which indicates that communications between the first cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for disconnecting the first voice channel from said first cellular terminal such that the first voice channel can be reused ; and open voice channel maintaining means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said second cellular terminal which indicates that the communications between the second cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for maintaining the second voice channel open for a predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , such that the second cellular terminal continues to access said cellular radio network during the predetermined time period thereafter , via the second voice channel , thereby allowing the second cellular terminal to initiate and receive new communications to and from said cellular telephone network without requiring a new access (communication connection) to the cellular network . US5574774A CLAIM 6 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 4 wherein said cellular radio network is an analog cellular radio network comprising : a plurality of radio base stations (service information, using service information) for communicating , via voice channels , with a plurality of cellular terminals ; and a mobile switching center for interconnecting , via voice channels , predetermined ones of said radio base stations and predetermined terminals . US5574774A CLAIM 11 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 10 wherein said open voice channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means also maintains the digital control channel in an open state between said second cellular terminal and said digital cellular radio network for the predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , and wherein the cellular radio communications system further comprises means for transmitting signals , via the open digital control channel during the predetermined time period , between said feature node and said second cellular terminal . US5574774A CLAIM 34 . The method of maintaining an open voice channel according to claim 31 further comprising the step of placing the cellular terminal in an idle state during the predetermined time period wherein the cellular terminal does not communicate with other terminals (target communication terminal) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (other terminals) issues (cellular network) during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5574774A CLAIM 1 . A cellular radio communications system comprising : a cellular radio network ; a first cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a first voice channel ; a second cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a second voice channel ; termination means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said first cellular terminal which indicates that communications between the first cellular terminal and the cellular network (target communication terminal issues) have been terminated , for disconnecting the first voice channel from said first cellular terminal such that the first voice channel can be reused ; and open voice channel maintaining means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said second cellular terminal which indicates that the communications between the second cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for maintaining the second voice channel open for a predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , such that the second cellular terminal continues to access said cellular radio network during the predetermined time period thereafter , via the second voice channel , thereby allowing the second cellular terminal to initiate and receive new communications to and from said cellular telephone network without requiring a new access to the cellular network . US5574774A CLAIM 34 . The method of maintaining an open voice channel according to claim 31 further comprising the step of placing the cellular terminal in an idle state during the predetermined time period wherein the cellular terminal does not communicate with other terminals (target communication terminal) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (new access) (channel monitor) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (other terminals) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5574774A CLAIM 1 . A cellular radio communications system comprising : a cellular radio network ; a first cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a first voice channel ; a second cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a second voice channel ; termination means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said first cellular terminal which indicates that communications between the first cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for disconnecting the first voice channel from said first cellular terminal such that the first voice channel can be reused ; and open voice channel maintaining means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said second cellular terminal which indicates that the communications between the second cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for maintaining the second voice channel open for a predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , such that the second cellular terminal continues to access said cellular radio network during the predetermined time period thereafter , via the second voice channel , thereby allowing the second cellular terminal to initiate and receive new communications to and from said cellular telephone network without requiring a new access (communication connection) to the cellular network . US5574774A CLAIM 11 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 10 wherein said open voice channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means also maintains the digital control channel in an open state between said second cellular terminal and said digital cellular radio network for the predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , and wherein the cellular radio communications system further comprises means for transmitting signals , via the open digital control channel during the predetermined time period , between said feature node and said second cellular terminal . US5574774A CLAIM 34 . The method of maintaining an open voice channel according to claim 31 further comprising the step of placing the cellular terminal in an idle state during the predetermined time period wherein the cellular terminal does not communicate with other terminals (target communication terminal) .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (other terminals) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (new access) (channel monitor) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (base stations) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5574774A CLAIM 1 . A cellular radio communications system comprising : a cellular radio network ; a first cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a first voice channel ; a second cellular terminal which communicates with said cellular radio network via a second voice channel ; termination means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said first cellular terminal which indicates that communications between the first cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for disconnecting the first voice channel from said first cellular terminal such that the first voice channel can be reused ; and open voice channel maintaining means , responsive to receipt of an end communications signal for said second cellular terminal which indicates that the communications between the second cellular terminal and the cellular network have been terminated , for maintaining the second voice channel open for a predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , such that the second cellular terminal continues to access said cellular radio network during the predetermined time period thereafter , via the second voice channel , thereby allowing the second cellular terminal to initiate and receive new communications to and from said cellular telephone network without requiring a new access (communication connection) to the cellular network . US5574774A CLAIM 6 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 4 wherein said cellular radio network is an analog cellular radio network comprising : a plurality of radio base stations (service information, using service information) for communicating , via voice channels , with a plurality of cellular terminals ; and a mobile switching center for interconnecting , via voice channels , predetermined ones of said radio base stations and predetermined terminals . US5574774A CLAIM 11 . The cellular radio communications system according to claim 10 wherein said open voice channel monitor (radio communication connection, existing radio communication connection) ing means also maintains the digital control channel in an open state between said second cellular terminal and said digital cellular radio network for the predetermined time period after receipt of the end communications signal for said second cellular terminal , and wherein the cellular radio communications system further comprises means for transmitting signals , via the open digital control channel during the predetermined time period , between said feature node and said second cellular terminal . US5574774A CLAIM 34 . The method of maintaining an open voice channel according to claim 31 further comprising the step of placing the cellular terminal in an idle state during the predetermined time period wherein the cellular terminal does not communicate with other terminals (target communication terminal) .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH07203543A Filed: 1994-01-07 Issued: 1995-08-04 Ｔｄｍａフレーム同期方法 (Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社 Akinori Hirukawa, Yasushi Kondo, Hitoshi Takanashi, Toshinori Tanaka, 利憲田中, 明則蛭川, 靖近藤, 斉高梨
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (の位相) over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH07203543A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の基地局が複数の移動局とＴＤＭＡ方式により通信を行う無線通信システム (communication device) の、各基地局が、送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相 (target communication terminal) と、他の基地局から送信されたＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相との差を検出し、少なくとも１つの他の基地局と自局とのＴＤＭＡフレームの位相差から、自局の送信すべきＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム位相を決定する動作を、各基地局がそれぞれ繰り返すことによって、全ての基地局が送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム同期をとる相互同期手段を有するＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法において、基地局ごとに、各基地局に対応する基地局識別番号と、ＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を受信すべきスロットとを予め定めておいて、各基地局は送信信号中に該基地局識別番号を含めて送信すると共に、他の基地局からの受信信号から基地局識別番号を検出して、当該基地局識別番号に対応して予め定められたＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を他基地局からの受信信号の受信時刻に加算もしくは減算して、受信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム位相の比較基準時刻とする受信時刻オフセット設定手段と、自局において予め定められた自局の送信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を、相互同期手段出力に加算もしくは減算して自局の信号送信時刻とする送信時刻オフセット設定手段と、を有し、前記他の基地局からの信号を受信時刻をオフセットした時刻と自局送信信号の送信時刻をオフセット設定した時刻との差を基に相互同期を行うことを特徴とするＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (の位相) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH07203543A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の基地局が複数の移動局とＴＤＭＡ方式により通信を行う無線通信システム (communication device) の、各基地局が、送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相 (target communication terminal) と、他の基地局から送信されたＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相との差を検出し、少なくとも１つの他の基地局と自局とのＴＤＭＡフレームの位相差から、自局の送信すべきＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム位相を決定する動作を、各基地局がそれぞれ繰り返すことによって、全ての基地局が送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム同期をとる相互同期手段を有するＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法において、基地局ごとに、各基地局に対応する基地局識別番号と、ＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を受信すべきスロットとを予め定めておいて、各基地局は送信信号中に該基地局識別番号を含めて送信すると共に、他の基地局からの受信信号から基地局識別番号を検出して、当該基地局識別番号に対応して予め定められたＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を他基地局からの受信信号の受信時刻に加算もしくは減算して、受信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム位相の比較基準時刻とする受信時刻オフセット設定手段と、自局において予め定められた自局の送信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を、相互同期手段出力に加算もしくは減算して自局の信号送信時刻とする送信時刻オフセット設定手段と、を有し、前記他の基地局からの信号を受信時刻をオフセットした時刻と自局送信信号の送信時刻をオフセット設定した時刻との差を基に相互同期を行うことを特徴とするＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (の位相) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH07203543A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の基地局が複数の移動局とＴＤＭＡ方式により通信を行う無線通信システム (communication device) の、各基地局が、送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相 (target communication terminal) と、他の基地局から送信されたＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相との差を検出し、少なくとも１つの他の基地局と自局とのＴＤＭＡフレームの位相差から、自局の送信すべきＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム位相を決定する動作を、各基地局がそれぞれ繰り返すことによって、全ての基地局が送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム同期をとる相互同期手段を有するＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法において、基地局ごとに、各基地局に対応する基地局識別番号と、ＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を受信すべきスロットとを予め定めておいて、各基地局は送信信号中に該基地局識別番号を含めて送信すると共に、他の基地局からの受信信号から基地局識別番号を検出して、当該基地局識別番号に対応して予め定められたＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を他基地局からの受信信号の受信時刻に加算もしくは減算して、受信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム位相の比較基準時刻とする受信時刻オフセット設定手段と、自局において予め定められた自局の送信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を、相互同期手段出力に加算もしくは減算して自局の信号送信時刻とする送信時刻オフセット設定手段と、を有し、前記他の基地局からの信号を受信時刻をオフセットした時刻と自局送信信号の送信時刻をオフセット設定した時刻との差を基に相互同期を行うことを特徴とするＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (の位相) , the variation status is designated based on a power level (の送信信号) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH07203543A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の基地局が複数の移動局とＴＤＭＡ方式により通信を行う無線通信システム (communication device) の、各基地局が、送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相 (target communication terminal) と、他の基地局から送信されたＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相との差を検出し、少なくとも１つの他の基地局と自局とのＴＤＭＡフレームの位相差から、自局の送信すべきＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム位相を決定する動作を、各基地局がそれぞれ繰り返すことによって、全ての基地局が送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム同期をとる相互同期手段を有するＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法において、基地局ごとに、各基地局に対応する基地局識別番号と、ＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を受信すべきスロットとを予め定めておいて、各基地局は送信信号中に該基地局識別番号を含めて送信すると共に、他の基地局からの受信信号から基地局識別番号を検出して、当該基地局識別番号に対応して予め定められたＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を他基地局からの受信信号の受信時刻に加算もしくは減算して、受信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム位相の比較基準時刻とする受信時刻オフセット設定手段と、自局において予め定められた自局の送信信号 (power level) のＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を、相互同期手段出力に加算もしくは減算して自局の信号送信時刻とする送信時刻オフセット設定手段と、を有し、前記他の基地局からの信号を受信時刻をオフセットした時刻と自局送信信号の送信時刻をオフセット設定した時刻との差を基に相互同期を行うことを特徴とするＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (の位相) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JPH07203543A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】複数の基地局が複数の移動局とＴＤＭＡ方式により通信を行う無線通信システム (communication device) の、各基地局が、送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相 (target communication terminal) と、他の基地局から送信されたＴＤＭＡ信号フレームの位相との差を検出し、少なくとも１つの他の基地局と自局とのＴＤＭＡフレームの位相差から、自局の送信すべきＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム位相を決定する動作を、各基地局がそれぞれ繰り返すことによって、全ての基地局が送受信するＴＤＭＡ信号のフレーム同期をとる相互同期手段を有するＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法において、基地局ごとに、各基地局に対応する基地局識別番号と、ＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を受信すべきスロットとを予め定めておいて、各基地局は送信信号中に該基地局識別番号を含めて送信すると共に、他の基地局からの受信信号から基地局識別番号を検出して、当該基地局識別番号に対応して予め定められたＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を他基地局からの受信信号の受信時刻に加算もしくは減算して、受信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム位相の比較基準時刻とする受信時刻オフセット設定手段と、自局において予め定められた自局の送信信号のＴＤＭＡフレーム内の信号を送信すべきスロットの位置に相当するオフセット量を、相互同期手段出力に加算もしくは減算して自局の信号送信時刻とする送信時刻オフセット設定手段と、を有し、前記他の基地局からの信号を受信時刻をオフセットした時刻と自局送信信号の送信時刻をオフセット設定した時刻との差を基に相互同期を行うことを特徴とするＴＤＭＡフレーム同期方法。

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	EP0584464A1 Filed: 1993-05-19 Issued: 1994-03-02 Infrared ray receiving and transmitting system (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) Toshiba Corp Hideki c/o Intellectual Property Division Mimura
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	EP0584464A1 CLAIM 4 An infrared ray receiving apparatus comprising : demodulating means (201) for receiving a signal transmitted through an infrared ray as a medium , and demodulating said signal , wherein said demodulating means has at least a reader code informing a start of transmission , a device information code in accordance with a type and class of a data generating device , and control data sent output from said data generating device so as to be sequentially arranged , and a data length of said control data is reserved by freely varying its effective data length in accordance with said device information ; a reader code discriminating section (202) for discriminating said reader code from said demodulated signal of said demodulating means ; transmitting device discriminating means (203) for discriminating next incoming device information in response to the discrimination of said reader code by said reader code discriminating section ; and data processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) (204) for processing data by setting an effective data length of next incoming control data in accordance with the content of the discrimination by said transmitting device discriminating means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	EP0584464A1 CLAIM 4 An infrared ray receiving apparatus comprising : demodulating means (201) for receiving a signal transmitted through an infrared ray as a medium , and demodulating said signal , wherein said demodulating means has at least a reader code informing a start of transmission , a device information code in accordance with a type and class of a data generating device , and control data sent output from said data generating device so as to be sequentially arranged , and a data length of said control data is reserved by freely varying its effective data length in accordance with said device information ; a reader code discriminating section (202) for discriminating said reader code from said demodulated signal of said demodulating means ; transmitting device discriminating means (203) for discriminating next incoming device information in response to the discrimination of said reader code by said reader code discriminating section ; and data processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) (204) for processing data by setting an effective data length of next incoming control data in accordance with the content of the discrimination by said transmitting device discriminating means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result (set time) .	EP0584464A1 CLAIM 6 The infrared ray receiving means according to claim 4 , characterized in that said data processing means includes means for generating a start signal showing a start of data processing and an end signal showing an end of data processing in processing control data corresponding to the effective data length set in accordance with said discrimination content , and monitoring means for monitoring said start signal and end signal , and said monitoring means sets monitoring time corresponding to said effective data length from said start signal , and forcibly outputs a time out signal after passing set time (discrimination result) .

US5448561A

Filed: 1992-09-16 Issued: 1995-09-05

Method & apparatus for data exchange in data processing installations

(Original Assignee) Robert Bosch GmbH (Current Assignee) Robert Bosch GmbH

Karl-Heinz Kaiser, Herbert Lohner, Hans-Joerg Mathony, Jan Unruh, Uwe Zurmuehl, Udo Brunke, Juergen Glasser, Olaf Linne

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module (interface units) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory (said sequence) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status (connection status) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .

US5448561A
CLAIM 3 . Method according to claim 1 , wherein each of said connection-defining stations contains a memory adapted for storage of a connection status (connection status) value ;
and further comprising the step of deactivating a connection by setting each of said memories of the stations defining said connection (24) to a predetermined value representing deactivation .

US5448561A
CLAIM 7 . Method according to claim 6 , wherein at least one bit is allocated for said sequence (service information memory, service memory) number (SN) .

US5448561A
CLAIM 20 . A data communications system for transmitting , with acknowledgement , data messages comprising at least two stations (33 , 34) , each containing a computer ;
an interface unit in each station ;
a bus interconnecting the interface units (radio communication module) of the stations ;
means , in each interface unit , for generating and transmitting a frame , for receiving a frame , and for recognizing an error in a received frame ;
means , within each station , for transferring data between the interface unit and the computer ;
means , in each interface unit , for serial data communication over said bus ;
wherein said stations contain protocol means for establishing , activating , and deactivating connections , including sending objects and receiving objects , (24) among said stations ;
for exchange of data , with acknowledgement , among stations , via activated connections , a first one of the stations defining a connection sends a Data Transmission (DT) to at least one other station , the other station sends back an AcKnowledgement (AK) , the interface unit of the receiving station informs the computer of the receiving station of receipt of the Data Transmission (DT) , and the interface unit of the sending station informs the computer of the sending station of receipt of the AcKnowledgement (AK) .

US7184707B2
CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module (interface units) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ;

a service memory (said sequence) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ;

a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status (connection status) or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ;

and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US5448750A Filed: 1992-04-22 Issued: 1995-09-05 Segregation method of dynamic channel allocation in a mobile radio system (Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB (Current Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB Hakan O. Eriksson, Hakan C. Andersson, Magnus E. Madfors
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data (mobile stations) with a target communication terminal (service areas) over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US5448750A CLAIM 1 . In a mobile radio communication (radio communication) system including a number of fixed stations and a number of mobile stations (exchange data) , each fixed station serving a service area and each of said service areas (target communication terminal) having a number of accessible radio channels which are dynamically allocated to the area from a total number of channels for the radio communication system , a method whereby a channel is allocated for a connection between a mobile station and a fixed station , said method comprising the steps of : a) ranking accessible channels in at least one priority list according to their success in past connections ; b) selecting a channel , having a high rank in said priority list , which satisfies a predefined quality criterion ; c) allocating said selected channel for said connection between said mobile station and said fixed station ; d) comparing the channels in rank order in said priority list with said predefined quality criterion until said predefined quality criterion is satisfied ; and e) decreasing the rank of each channel which fails to satisfy said predefined quality criterion .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data (mobile stations) with a target communication terminal (service areas) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US5448750A CLAIM 1 . In a mobile radio communication (radio communication) system including a number of fixed stations and a number of mobile stations (exchange data) , each fixed station serving a service area and each of said service areas (target communication terminal) having a number of accessible radio channels which are dynamically allocated to the area from a total number of channels for the radio communication system , a method whereby a channel is allocated for a connection between a mobile station and a fixed station , said method comprising the steps of : a) ranking accessible channels in at least one priority list according to their success in past connections ; b) selecting a channel , having a high rank in said priority list , which satisfies a predefined quality criterion ; c) allocating said selected channel for said connection between said mobile station and said fixed station ; d) comparing the channels in rank order in said priority list with said predefined quality criterion until said predefined quality criterion is satisfied ; and e) decreasing the rank of each channel which fails to satisfy said predefined quality criterion .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (service areas) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US5448750A CLAIM 1 . In a mobile radio communication system including a number of fixed stations and a number of mobile stations , each fixed station serving a service area and each of said service areas (target communication terminal) having a number of accessible radio channels which are dynamically allocated to the area from a total number of channels for the radio communication system , a method whereby a channel is allocated for a connection between a mobile station and a fixed station , said method comprising the steps of : a) ranking accessible channels in at least one priority list according to their success in past connections ; b) selecting a channel , having a high rank in said priority list , which satisfies a predefined quality criterion ; c) allocating said selected channel for said connection between said mobile station and said fixed station ; d) comparing the channels in rank order in said priority list with said predefined quality criterion until said predefined quality criterion is satisfied ; and e) decreasing the rank of each channel which fails to satisfy said predefined quality criterion .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (service areas) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US5448750A CLAIM 1 . In a mobile radio communication (radio communication) system including a number of fixed stations and a number of mobile stations , each fixed station serving a service area and each of said service areas (target communication terminal) having a number of accessible radio channels which are dynamically allocated to the area from a total number of channels for the radio communication system , a method whereby a channel is allocated for a connection between a mobile station and a fixed station , said method comprising the steps of : a) ranking accessible channels in at least one priority list according to their success in past connections ; b) selecting a channel , having a high rank in said priority list , which satisfies a predefined quality criterion ; c) allocating said selected channel for said connection between said mobile station and said fixed station ; d) comparing the channels in rank order in said priority list with said predefined quality criterion until said predefined quality criterion is satisfied ; and e) decreasing the rank of each channel which fails to satisfy said predefined quality criterion .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (service areas) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US5448750A CLAIM 1 . In a mobile radio communication (radio communication) system including a number of fixed stations and a number of mobile stations , each fixed station serving a service area and each of said service areas (target communication terminal) having a number of accessible radio channels which are dynamically allocated to the area from a total number of channels for the radio communication system , a method whereby a channel is allocated for a connection between a mobile station and a fixed station , said method comprising the steps of : a) ranking accessible channels in at least one priority list according to their success in past connections ; b) selecting a channel , having a high rank in said priority list , which satisfies a predefined quality criterion ; c) allocating said selected channel for said connection between said mobile station and said fixed station ; d) comparing the channels in rank order in said priority list with said predefined quality criterion until said predefined quality criterion is satisfied ; and e) decreasing the rank of each channel which fails to satisfy said predefined quality criterion .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH05175985A Filed: 1991-12-20 Issued: 1993-07-13 多階層複合呼制御方式 (Original Assignee) Fujitsu Ltd; 富士通株式会社 Eiichiro Takahashi, 英一郎高橋
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (データ) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (データ) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (ＭＢＳ) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH05175985A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層における呼制御手順と、フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ）に基づくデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) リンク層における呼制御手順とを、一つの信号手順により実行することを特徴とする請求項１記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。 JPH05175985A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、前記フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ (communication connection) ）に基づくデータリンク層上に呼を設定する際に、前記非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層上に設定済の呼を指定可能とすることを特徴とする請求項２記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (データ) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (ＭＢＳ) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (データ) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH05175985A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層における呼制御手順と、フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ）に基づくデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) リンク層における呼制御手順とを、一つの信号手順により実行することを特徴とする請求項１記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。 JPH05175985A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、前記フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ (communication connection) ）に基づくデータリンク層上に呼を設定する際に、前記非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層上に設定済の呼を指定可能とすることを特徴とする請求項２記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (データ) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH05175985A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層における呼制御手順と、フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ）に基づくデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) リンク層における呼制御手順とを、一つの信号手順により実行することを特徴とする請求項１記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (データ) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (ＭＢＳ) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH05175985A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層における呼制御手順と、フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ）に基づくデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) リンク層における呼制御手順とを、一つの信号手順により実行することを特徴とする請求項１記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。 JPH05175985A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、前記フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ (communication connection) ）に基づくデータリンク層上に呼を設定する際に、前記非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層上に設定済の呼を指定可能とすることを特徴とする請求項２記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (データ) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (データ) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (ＭＢＳ) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JPH05175985A CLAIM 2 【請求項２】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層における呼制御手順と、フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ）に基づくデータ (communication device, communication control information, communication controlling information memory) リンク層における呼制御手順とを、一つの信号手順により実行することを特徴とする請求項１記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。 JPH05175985A CLAIM 3 【請求項３】前記多階層複合呼制御手段（１０１）は、前記フレームモードベアラサービス（ＦＭＢＳ (communication connection) ）に基づくデータリンク層上に呼を設定する際に、前記非同期転送モード（ＡＴＭ）に基づく物理層上に設定済の呼を指定可能とすることを特徴とする請求項２記載の多階層複合呼制御方式。

JPH05145481A

Filed: 1991-11-21 Issued: 1993-06-11

無線交換システムの呼再確立方式

(Original Assignee) Nec Commun Syst Ltd; Nec Corp; 日本電気株式会社; 日本電気通信システム株式会社

Izumi Asano, Toshitarou Harada, 利太郎原田, 和泉浅野

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (交換システム) with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status (開手段) based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .

JPH05145481A
CLAIM 1 【請求項１】移動端末との間に通話路およびチャネルを設定して通信を行なう無線交換機を備えた無線交換システムにおいて、電波状況の劣化によるコールドロップ発生時、移動端末の使用していた通話路およびチャネルを記憶するメモリと、該通話路およびチャネルを捕捉状態に保つ保持手段と、電波状況回復時の一定時間内に移動端末加入者が操作を行なうことによって通話を再開する再開指令を送出する再開指令送出手段と、再開指令送出手段からの再開指令があったとき当該通話路およびチャネルを用いて通話を再開する通話再開手段 (disconnection status) とを備えたことを特徴とする無線交換システム (exchange data, radio communication module configured to exchange data) の呼再確立方式。

US7184707B2
CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data (交換システム) with a target communication terminal through radio ;

a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ;

a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ;

a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status (開手段) based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ;

and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	JPH0530150A Filed: 1991-07-24 Issued: 1993-02-05 通信制御方法 (Original Assignee) Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>; 日本電信電話株式会社 Katsuji Noguchi, 勝治野口
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (ネットワ) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (処理部) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	JPH0530150A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】端末と交換機間、端末間または交換機間をネットワ (service information memory) ークで接続し、ＯＳＩ参照モデルに従う階層構成に従い通信制御を行う通信システム (communication device) において、前記ＯＳＩ参照モデルのデータリンクレイヤ処理部 (radio communication connection) とネットワークレイヤ処理部の間に、インタフェース部を設け、端末または交換機からのデータリンク確立要求に対する前記データリンクレイヤ処理部によるデータリンク確立応答返送後、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知信号受信までの間、前記データリンクレイヤ処理部で受信したフレームを前記インタフェース部で保持し、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知受信後、保持した前記フレームを上位レイヤに送出することを特徴とする通信制御方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (システム) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (処理部) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	JPH0530150A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】端末と交換機間、端末間または交換機間をネットワークで接続し、ＯＳＩ参照モデルに従う階層構成に従い通信制御を行う通信システム (communication device) において、前記ＯＳＩ参照モデルのデータリンクレイヤ処理部 (radio communication connection) とネットワークレイヤ処理部の間に、インタフェース部を設け、端末または交換機からのデータリンク確立要求に対する前記データリンクレイヤ処理部によるデータリンク確立応答返送後、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知信号受信までの間、前記データリンクレイヤ処理部で受信したフレームを前記インタフェース部で保持し、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知受信後、保持した前記フレームを上位レイヤに送出することを特徴とする通信制御方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	JPH0530150A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】端末と交換機間、端末間または交換機間をネットワークで接続し、ＯＳＩ参照モデルに従う階層構成に従い通信制御を行う通信システム (communication device) において、前記ＯＳＩ参照モデルのデータリンクレイヤ処理部とネットワークレイヤ処理部の間に、インタフェース部を設け、端末または交換機からのデータリンク確立要求に対する前記データリンクレイヤ処理部によるデータリンク確立応答返送後、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知信号受信までの間、前記データリンクレイヤ処理部で受信したフレームを前記インタフェース部で保持し、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知受信後、保持した前記フレームを上位レイヤに送出することを特徴とする通信制御方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (システム) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection (処理部) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	JPH0530150A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】端末と交換機間、端末間または交換機間をネットワークで接続し、ＯＳＩ参照モデルに従う階層構成に従い通信制御を行う通信システム (communication device) において、前記ＯＳＩ参照モデルのデータリンクレイヤ処理部 (radio communication connection) とネットワークレイヤ処理部の間に、インタフェース部を設け、端末または交換機からのデータリンク確立要求に対する前記データリンクレイヤ処理部によるデータリンク確立応答返送後、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知信号受信までの間、前記データリンクレイヤ処理部で受信したフレームを前記インタフェース部で保持し、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知受信後、保持した前記フレームを上位レイヤに送出することを特徴とする通信制御方法。
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (システム) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection (処理部) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	JPH0530150A CLAIM 1 【請求項１】端末と交換機間、端末間または交換機間をネットワークで接続し、ＯＳＩ参照モデルに従う階層構成に従い通信制御を行う通信システム (communication device) において、前記ＯＳＩ参照モデルのデータリンクレイヤ処理部 (radio communication connection) とネットワークレイヤ処理部の間に、インタフェース部を設け、端末または交換機からのデータリンク確立要求に対する前記データリンクレイヤ処理部によるデータリンク確立応答返送後、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知信号受信までの間、前記データリンクレイヤ処理部で受信したフレームを前記インタフェース部で保持し、上位レイヤからのコネクション確立完了通知受信後、保持した前記フレームを上位レイヤに送出することを特徴とする通信制御方法。

US5208812A

Filed: 1990-11-26 Issued: 1993-05-04

Telecommunications system

(Original Assignee) British Telecommunications PLC; Telent Technologies Services Ltd; STC PLC; Mercury Communications Ltd; Orbitel Mobile Communications Ltd; Shaye Communications Ltd; Phonepoint Ltd; Ferranti Creditphone Ltd (Current Assignee) NT ; British Telecommunications PLC ; GPT Ltd ; Mercury Communications Ltd ; Lucent Technologies Wireless Ltd ; Orbitel Mobile Communications Ltd ; Shaye Communications Ltd ; Phonepoint Ltd ; Ferranti Creditphone Ltd

Michael T. Dudek, Rupert Goodings, Emlyn Jones, David C. Odhams, Peter N. Proctor

US7184707B2
CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions (said form) based on the number of times a detecting command (second port) for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .

US5208812A
CLAIM 8 . A telecommunication system comprising : first and second devices having communication means for providing time-division two-way communication between said devices over a radio channel by exchanging radio signals in alternating bursts carrying digital data , such that during the time-division two-way communication , transmission of one of said alternating bursts from one of the first and second devices is completed before transmission of the next of said alternating bursts by the other of the first and second devices is begun ;
means for producing bursts including alternating bursts , such that at least some of the bursts produced by said means for producing bursts are bursts of a particular format of digital data and comprise a first portion having a repeating pattern of fixed value and variable bits and a second port (detecting command) ion comprising an L-bit synchronisation pattern ;
means for asynchronously detecting said synchronisation pattern by the receiving device to enable it to determine timing information about the bursts of said particular format ;
and means in the receiving device which determines the synchronisation pattern to be present in the received data when a comparison operation between the received data and a stored copy of the synchronisation pattern results in no more than K bits of the received data failing the comparison , where K is zero or a positive integer ;
the L-bit synchronisation pattern and the repeating pattern of fixed value and variable bits being such that a string of L successive bits of the repeating pattern , starting at any position in a repeat of the pattern , matches less than L-K bits of the synchronisation pattern even if it is assumed that every variable bit in the string provides a match .

US5208812A
CLAIM 33 . A telecommunication device for establishing time-division two-way communication with another device over a radio channel by exchanging radio signals in alternating bursts carrying digital data such that , during the time-division two-way communication , reception of a said burst from said other device is completed before transmission of the next burst by said telecommunication device is begun ;
said telecommunication device comprising : detecting means for asynchronously detecting a synchronisation pattern of L bits of data in a received burst to enable the telecommunication device to determine timing information about the burst ;
and decoding means for decoding at least some received bursts according to a predetermined burst format ;
said detecting means determining that said synchronisation pattern is present in received data when a comparison operation between the received data and a stored copy of the synchronisation pattern results in no more than K bits of the received data failing the comparison , where K is zero or a positive integer ;
and said predetermined format being such that a burst in said form (communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions) at contains bits of variable data and said synchronisation pattern , and in any consecutive string of L bits of data in a burst in said format there are less than L-K consecutive bits of variable data .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4957348A Filed: 1989-03-21 Issued: 1990-09-18 Optical transceiver with multiple communication modes (Original Assignee) HP Inc (Current Assignee) HP Inc Gregory J. May
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module (focal distance) configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US4957348A CLAIM 1 . Apparatus for communicating data in a plurality of communication modes , comprising : an optical transceiver ; focusing means for adjusting a focal distance (communication control module) of the optical transceiver ; and control means for selecting a communication mode of the optical transceiver corresponding to the focal distance adjusted for by the focusing means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (focal distance) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4957348A CLAIM 1 . Apparatus for communicating data in a plurality of communication modes , comprising : an optical transceiver ; focusing means for adjusting a focal distance (communication control module) of the optical transceiver ; and control means for selecting a communication mode of the optical transceiver corresponding to the focal distance adjusted for by the focusing means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4957348A CLAIM 8 . The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the control means comprises processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for implementing the selected communication mode and a control circuit for enabling the processing means to communicate with the transceiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4957348A CLAIM 8 . The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the control means comprises processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) for implementing the selected communication mode and a control circuit for enabling the processing means to communicate with the transceiver .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4841526A Filed: 1986-11-19 Issued: 1989-06-20 Data communications system (Original Assignee) NTX COMMUNICATIONS Corp A CORP OF CA (Current Assignee) NTX COMMUNICATIONS Corp A CORP OF CA Jon C. Wilson, David A. Shick, Robert L. Haynie, Donald R. Wilder, Larry D. Zimmerman, Richard M. LeCour, D. James Guzy
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information (first control means) stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (first window) .	US4841526A CLAIM 1 . A communication system comprising a first and a second station wherein data frames are transmitted from the first station to the second station through a first communication link , each data frame including data and an identification number , said data frames having a selected frame size , said identification numbers of the frames being in the sequential order of transmission to facilitate frame identification , said first station storing the data frames transmitted by the first station and said second station storing the data frames received by the second station , said second station transmitting through the first or a second communication link data groups including acknowledgement information relating to the identification members of data frames successfully received by the second station ; said first station storing the data frames in such manner that the identification numbers of the frames are within a variable range of identification numbers defining a first window (determination result) having an upper and lower limit wherein the first station evaluates the acknowledgement information received from the second station to vary the upper and lower limits of the first window ; and said second station storing the data frames in such manner that the identification numbers of the frames are within a variable range defining a second window having an upper and lower limit for a variable range of identification numbers of possible data frames from the first station acceptable to the second station , wherein said second station evaluates the data frames received from the first station to vary the upper and lower limits of the second window , the difference between the upper and lower limits of each window defining its size ; wherein at least one of the two stations is such that the size of the first or the second window is selectable according to the speed , length or error rate of the first or the first and second communication links or the frame size used in connection therewith to increase the efficiency in communication link utilization . US4841526A CLAIM 6 . A communication system comprising a first and a second station , wherein data frames are transmitted from the first station to the second station through a first communication link and the second station transmits acknowledgement information concerning the data frames received through the first or a second communication link , wherein (a) each data frame includes data and an identification number , said identification numbers of the frames being in the sequential order of transmission to facilitate frame identification , said first station storing the data frames transmitted by the first station and said second station storing the data frames received by the second station , wherein (b) the identification numbers of the frames stored by the first station are within a variable range of identification numbers defining a first window having an upper and lower limit wherein said first control means (communication controlling information) evaluates the acknowledgement information received from the second station to vary the upper and lower limits of the first window ; wherein (c) the data frames stored by the second station are such that their identification numbers are within a variable range defining a second window having an upper and lower limit for a variable range of identification numbers of possible data frames from the first station acceptable to the second station , said second control means evaluating the data frames received from the first station to vary the upper and lower limits of the second window ; wherein (d) the difference between the upper and lower limits of each window defining its size ; wherein each station has an initial set of link parameters , wherein before data frames and acknowledgement information are transmitted the two stations exchange the sets of link parameters and generate a modified set of link parameters representing a compromise between the two initial sets of link parameters , and wherein one of the parameters exchanged is the sizes of the first and second windows .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information (first control means) defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4841526A CLAIM 6 . A communication system comprising a first and a second station , wherein data frames are transmitted from the first station to the second station through a first communication link and the second station transmits acknowledgement information concerning the data frames received through the first or a second communication link , wherein (a) each data frame includes data and an identification number , said identification numbers of the frames being in the sequential order of transmission to facilitate frame identification , said first station storing the data frames transmitted by the first station and said second station storing the data frames received by the second station , wherein (b) the identification numbers of the frames stored by the first station are within a variable range of identification numbers defining a first window having an upper and lower limit wherein said first control means (communication controlling information) evaluates the acknowledgement information received from the second station to vary the upper and lower limits of the first window ; wherein (c) the data frames stored by the second station are such that their identification numbers are within a variable range defining a second window having an upper and lower limit for a variable range of identification numbers of possible data frames from the first station acceptable to the second station , said second control means evaluating the data frames received from the first station to vary the upper and lower limits of the second window ; wherein (d) the difference between the upper and lower limits of each window defining its size ; wherein each station has an initial set of link parameters , wherein before data frames and acknowledgement information are transmitted the two stations exchange the sets of link parameters and generate a modified set of link parameters representing a compromise between the two initial sets of link parameters , and wherein one of the parameters exchanged is the sizes of the first and second windows .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (first control means) includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4841526A CLAIM 6 . A communication system comprising a first and a second station , wherein data frames are transmitted from the first station to the second station through a first communication link and the second station transmits acknowledgement information concerning the data frames received through the first or a second communication link , wherein (a) each data frame includes data and an identification number , said identification numbers of the frames being in the sequential order of transmission to facilitate frame identification , said first station storing the data frames transmitted by the first station and said second station storing the data frames received by the second station , wherein (b) the identification numbers of the frames stored by the first station are within a variable range of identification numbers defining a first window having an upper and lower limit wherein said first control means (communication controlling information) evaluates the acknowledgement information received from the second station to vary the upper and lower limits of the first window ; wherein (c) the data frames stored by the second station are such that their identification numbers are within a variable range defining a second window having an upper and lower limit for a variable range of identification numbers of possible data frames from the first station acceptable to the second station , said second control means evaluating the data frames received from the first station to vary the upper and lower limits of the second window ; wherein (d) the difference between the upper and lower limits of each window defining its size ; wherein each station has an initial set of link parameters , wherein before data frames and acknowledgement information are transmitted the two stations exchange the sets of link parameters and generate a modified set of link parameters representing a compromise between the two initial sets of link parameters , and wherein one of the parameters exchanged is the sizes of the first and second windows .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (first control means) includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4841526A CLAIM 6 . A communication system comprising a first and a second station , wherein data frames are transmitted from the first station to the second station through a first communication link and the second station transmits acknowledgement information concerning the data frames received through the first or a second communication link , wherein (a) each data frame includes data and an identification number , said identification numbers of the frames being in the sequential order of transmission to facilitate frame identification , said first station storing the data frames transmitted by the first station and said second station storing the data frames received by the second station , wherein (b) the identification numbers of the frames stored by the first station are within a variable range of identification numbers defining a first window having an upper and lower limit wherein said first control means (communication controlling information) evaluates the acknowledgement information received from the second station to vary the upper and lower limits of the first window ; wherein (c) the data frames stored by the second station are such that their identification numbers are within a variable range defining a second window having an upper and lower limit for a variable range of identification numbers of possible data frames from the first station acceptable to the second station , said second control means evaluating the data frames received from the first station to vary the upper and lower limits of the second window ; wherein (d) the difference between the upper and lower limits of each window defining its size ; wherein each station has an initial set of link parameters , wherein before data frames and acknowledgement information are transmitted the two stations exchange the sets of link parameters and generate a modified set of link parameters representing a compromise between the two initial sets of link parameters , and wherein one of the parameters exchanged is the sizes of the first and second windows .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4718081A Filed: 1986-11-13 Issued: 1988-01-05 Method and apparatus for reducing handoff errors in a cellular radio telephone communications system (Original Assignee) General Electric Co (Current Assignee) Ericsson Inc ; General Electric Co Theodore Brenig
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) module (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US4718081A CLAIM 1 . In a cellular radio communication (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) s system of the type including plural stationary radio frequency receivers serving corresponding plural geographical cells , a mobile radio frequency communications apparatus including : radio frequency transmitting means for transmitting radio frequency signals (communication control information designating module) to said plural stationary receivers ; and control means , connected to and controlled by said transmitting means and operatively connected to said plural stationary receivers , for controlling said transmitting means to transmit radio signals to a stationary receiver selected in response to a value calculated from (a) the amplitude of a radio frequency signal transmitted by said transmitting means and received by said selected stationary receiver , and (b) the amplitude of said transmitted radio frequency signal received by at least one further stationary receiver serving a geographical cell in proximity to the geographical cell served by said selected stationary receiver . US4718081A CLAIM 14 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers T 1 -T N serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells C 1 -C N and transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , each stationary transceiver having a locating receiver associated therewith , which receives radio signals transmitted by a selected mobile radio transceiver and produces signals indicating the amplitude of said received mobile radio transceiver radio signals , an improved central controller digital signal processor connected to control said plural stationary transceivers and to receive said amplitude indicating signals , said processor being preprogrammed to perform the following steps : (1) determine the stationary transceivers which serve cells overlapping the cell C 1 served by a first stationary transceiver T 1 ; (2) multiply the levels of amplitude-indicating signals produced by locating receivers associated with said determined stationary transceivers by a weighting factor n less than one ; (3) add said multiplied levels to the level of the amplitude-indicating signal produced by the locating receiver associated with said first stationary transceiver T 1 to produce a sum ; (4) divide said sum by 1+ the product of n and the number of determined stationary transceivers to yield a value V 1 associated with said transceiver T 1 ; (5) repeat said functions (1)-(4) for each of said plural stationary transceivers T 2 -T N to yield corresponding values V 2 -V N associated with said transceivers T 2 -T N ; (6) select the largest of said values V 1 -V N ; and (7) control the stationary transceiver associated with said selected value to transmit signals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) to and receive signals from said selected mobile transceiver . US4718081A CLAIM 19 . In a cellular radio telecommunications system (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) of the type including plural stationary radio signal transceivers serving corresponding geographical areas , said system further including a mobile radio transceiver communicating radio signals with one of said plural stationary transceivers , an improved method of selecting a stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver comprising the steps of : (1) transmitting a radio signal from said mobile radio transceiver ; (2) receiving the signal transmitted by said mobile transceiver at each of said plural stationary transceivers ; (3) producing , at each stationary transceiver , a signal indicating the amplitude of said received signal ; (4) modifying the indicating signal produced by a first of said plural stationary transceivers serving a first geographical area in response to the indicating signals produced by stationary transceivers serving geographical areas nearby said first area ; (5) testing the level of said modified indicating signal ; and (6) selecting said first stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver if said testing step reveals the level of said modified signal exceeds a predetermined level .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) module (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4718081A CLAIM 1 . In a cellular radio communication (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) s system of the type including plural stationary radio frequency receivers serving corresponding plural geographical cells , a mobile radio frequency communications apparatus including : radio frequency transmitting means for transmitting radio frequency signals to said plural stationary receivers ; and control means , connected to and controlled by said transmitting means and operatively connected to said plural stationary receivers , for controlling said transmitting means to transmit radio signals to a stationary receiver selected in response to a value calculated from (a) the amplitude of a radio frequency signal transmitted by said transmitting means and received by said selected stationary receiver , and (b) the amplitude of said transmitted radio frequency signal received by at least one further stationary receiver serving a geographical cell in proximity to the geographical cell served by said selected stationary receiver . US4718081A CLAIM 14 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers T 1 -T N serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells C 1 -C N and transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , each stationary transceiver having a locating receiver associated therewith , which receives radio signals transmitted by a selected mobile radio transceiver and produces signals indicating the amplitude of said received mobile radio transceiver radio signals , an improved central controller digital signal processor connected to control said plural stationary transceivers and to receive said amplitude indicating signals , said processor being preprogrammed to perform the following steps : (1) determine the stationary transceivers which serve cells overlapping the cell C 1 served by a first stationary transceiver T 1 ; (2) multiply the levels of amplitude-indicating signals produced by locating receivers associated with said determined stationary transceivers by a weighting factor n less than one ; (3) add said multiplied levels to the level of the amplitude-indicating signal produced by the locating receiver associated with said first stationary transceiver T 1 to produce a sum ; (4) divide said sum by 1+ the product of n and the number of determined stationary transceivers to yield a value V 1 associated with said transceiver T 1 ; (5) repeat said functions (1)-(4) for each of said plural stationary transceivers T 2 -T N to yield corresponding values V 2 -V N associated with said transceivers T 2 -T N ; (6) select the largest of said values V 1 -V N ; and (7) control the stationary transceiver associated with said selected value to transmit signals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) to and receive signals from said selected mobile transceiver . US4718081A CLAIM 19 . In a cellular radio telecommunications system (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) of the type including plural stationary radio signal transceivers serving corresponding geographical areas , said system further including a mobile radio transceiver communicating radio signals with one of said plural stationary transceivers , an improved method of selecting a stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver comprising the steps of : (1) transmitting a radio signal from said mobile radio transceiver ; (2) receiving the signal transmitted by said mobile transceiver at each of said plural stationary transceivers ; (3) producing , at each stationary transceiver , a signal indicating the amplitude of said received signal ; (4) modifying the indicating signal produced by a first of said plural stationary transceivers serving a first geographical area in response to the indicating signals produced by stationary transceivers serving geographical areas nearby said first area ; (5) testing the level of said modified indicating signal ; and (6) selecting said first stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver if said testing step reveals the level of said modified signal exceeds a predetermined level .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4718081A CLAIM 1 . In a cellular radio communication (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) s system of the type including plural stationary radio frequency receivers serving corresponding plural geographical cells , a mobile radio frequency communications apparatus including : radio frequency transmitting means for transmitting radio frequency signals to said plural stationary receivers ; and control means , connected to and controlled by said transmitting means and operatively connected to said plural stationary receivers , for controlling said transmitting means to transmit radio signals to a stationary receiver selected in response to a value calculated from (a) the amplitude of a radio frequency signal transmitted by said transmitting means and received by said selected stationary receiver , and (b) the amplitude of said transmitted radio frequency signal received by at least one further stationary receiver serving a geographical cell in proximity to the geographical cell served by said selected stationary receiver . US4718081A CLAIM 4 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells , said plural stationary transceivers transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , a first of said plural stationary transceivers including : locating receiver means for receiving radio signals transmitted by a mobile radio transceiver and for producing a signal indicating the amplitude of said received radio signals ; and digital signal processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) , connected to receive said indicating signal and also operatively connected to others of said plural stationary receivers , said processing means being preprogrammed to perform the following functions : (a) compute the weighted average of (1) the amplitude-indicating signal produced by said first stationary transceiver locating receiver , and (2) amplitude-indicating signals produced by further stationary transceiver locating receivers associated with geographical cells overlapping the geographical cell served by said first stationary transceiver , (b) compare the level of said weighted average with a predetermined level , and (c) control said first stationary transceiver to transmit radio signals to and receive radio signals from said mobile transceiver if said comparison reveals the level of said weighted average exceeds said predetermined level . US4718081A CLAIM 14 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers T 1 -T N serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells C 1 -C N and transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , each stationary transceiver having a locating receiver associated therewith , which receives radio signals transmitted by a selected mobile radio transceiver and produces signals indicating the amplitude of said received mobile radio transceiver radio signals , an improved central controller digital signal processor connected to control said plural stationary transceivers and to receive said amplitude indicating signals , said processor being preprogrammed to perform the following steps : (1) determine the stationary transceivers which serve cells overlapping the cell C 1 served by a first stationary transceiver T 1 ; (2) multiply the levels of amplitude-indicating signals produced by locating receivers associated with said determined stationary transceivers by a weighting factor n less than one ; (3) add said multiplied levels to the level of the amplitude-indicating signal produced by the locating receiver associated with said first stationary transceiver T 1 to produce a sum ; (4) divide said sum by 1+ the product of n and the number of determined stationary transceivers to yield a value V 1 associated with said transceiver T 1 ; (5) repeat said functions (1)-(4) for each of said plural stationary transceivers T 2 -T N to yield corresponding values V 2 -V N associated with said transceivers T 2 -T N ; (6) select the largest of said values V 1 -V N ; and (7) control the stationary transceiver associated with said selected value to transmit signals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) to and receive signals from said selected mobile transceiver . US4718081A CLAIM 19 . In a cellular radio telecommunications system (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) of the type including plural stationary radio signal transceivers serving corresponding geographical areas , said system further including a mobile radio transceiver communicating radio signals with one of said plural stationary transceivers , an improved method of selecting a stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver comprising the steps of : (1) transmitting a radio signal from said mobile radio transceiver ; (2) receiving the signal transmitted by said mobile transceiver at each of said plural stationary transceivers ; (3) producing , at each stationary transceiver , a signal indicating the amplitude of said received signal ; (4) modifying the indicating signal produced by a first of said plural stationary transceivers serving a first geographical area in response to the indicating signals produced by stationary transceivers serving geographical areas nearby said first area ; (5) testing the level of said modified indicating signal ; and (6) selecting said first stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver if said testing step reveals the level of said modified signal exceeds a predetermined level .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection (processing means) and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) connection (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4718081A CLAIM 1 . In a cellular radio communication (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) s system of the type including plural stationary radio frequency receivers serving corresponding plural geographical cells , a mobile radio frequency communications apparatus including : radio frequency transmitting means for transmitting radio frequency signals to said plural stationary receivers ; and control means , connected to and controlled by said transmitting means and operatively connected to said plural stationary receivers , for controlling said transmitting means to transmit radio signals to a stationary receiver selected in response to a value calculated from (a) the amplitude of a radio frequency signal transmitted by said transmitting means and received by said selected stationary receiver , and (b) the amplitude of said transmitted radio frequency signal received by at least one further stationary receiver serving a geographical cell in proximity to the geographical cell served by said selected stationary receiver . US4718081A CLAIM 4 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells , said plural stationary transceivers transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , a first of said plural stationary transceivers including : locating receiver means for receiving radio signals transmitted by a mobile radio transceiver and for producing a signal indicating the amplitude of said received radio signals ; and digital signal processing means (communication controlling information includes connection) , connected to receive said indicating signal and also operatively connected to others of said plural stationary receivers , said processing means being preprogrammed to perform the following functions : (a) compute the weighted average of (1) the amplitude-indicating signal produced by said first stationary transceiver locating receiver , and (2) amplitude-indicating signals produced by further stationary transceiver locating receivers associated with geographical cells overlapping the geographical cell served by said first stationary transceiver , (b) compare the level of said weighted average with a predetermined level , and (c) control said first stationary transceiver to transmit radio signals to and receive radio signals from said mobile transceiver if said comparison reveals the level of said weighted average exceeds said predetermined level . US4718081A CLAIM 14 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers T 1 -T N serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells C 1 -C N and transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , each stationary transceiver having a locating receiver associated therewith , which receives radio signals transmitted by a selected mobile radio transceiver and produces signals indicating the amplitude of said received mobile radio transceiver radio signals , an improved central controller digital signal processor connected to control said plural stationary transceivers and to receive said amplitude indicating signals , said processor being preprogrammed to perform the following steps : (1) determine the stationary transceivers which serve cells overlapping the cell C 1 served by a first stationary transceiver T 1 ; (2) multiply the levels of amplitude-indicating signals produced by locating receivers associated with said determined stationary transceivers by a weighting factor n less than one ; (3) add said multiplied levels to the level of the amplitude-indicating signal produced by the locating receiver associated with said first stationary transceiver T 1 to produce a sum ; (4) divide said sum by 1+ the product of n and the number of determined stationary transceivers to yield a value V 1 associated with said transceiver T 1 ; (5) repeat said functions (1)-(4) for each of said plural stationary transceivers T 2 -T N to yield corresponding values V 2 -V N associated with said transceivers T 2 -T N ; (6) select the largest of said values V 1 -V N ; and (7) control the stationary transceiver associated with said selected value to transmit signals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) to and receive signals from said selected mobile transceiver . US4718081A CLAIM 19 . In a cellular radio telecommunications system (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) of the type including plural stationary radio signal transceivers serving corresponding geographical areas , said system further including a mobile radio transceiver communicating radio signals with one of said plural stationary transceivers , an improved method of selecting a stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver comprising the steps of : (1) transmitting a radio signal from said mobile radio transceiver ; (2) receiving the signal transmitted by said mobile transceiver at each of said plural stationary transceivers ; (3) producing , at each stationary transceiver , a signal indicating the amplitude of said received signal ; (4) modifying the indicating signal produced by a first of said plural stationary transceivers serving a first geographical area in response to the indicating signals produced by stationary transceivers serving geographical areas nearby said first area ; (5) testing the level of said modified indicating signal ; and (6) selecting said first stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver if said testing step reveals the level of said modified signal exceeds a predetermined level .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) connection (to transmit signals, telecommunications system, radio communication) between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US4718081A CLAIM 1 . In a cellular radio communication (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) s system of the type including plural stationary radio frequency receivers serving corresponding plural geographical cells , a mobile radio frequency communications apparatus including : radio frequency transmitting means for transmitting radio frequency signals to said plural stationary receivers ; and control means , connected to and controlled by said transmitting means and operatively connected to said plural stationary receivers , for controlling said transmitting means to transmit radio signals to a stationary receiver selected in response to a value calculated from (a) the amplitude of a radio frequency signal transmitted by said transmitting means and received by said selected stationary receiver , and (b) the amplitude of said transmitted radio frequency signal received by at least one further stationary receiver serving a geographical cell in proximity to the geographical cell served by said selected stationary receiver . US4718081A CLAIM 14 . In a cellular radio communications system of the type including plural stationary radio transceivers T 1 -T N serving corresponding plural overlapping geographical cells C 1 -C N and transmitting radio signals to and receiving radio signals transmitted by mobile radio transceivers located within said cells , each stationary transceiver having a locating receiver associated therewith , which receives radio signals transmitted by a selected mobile radio transceiver and produces signals indicating the amplitude of said received mobile radio transceiver radio signals , an improved central controller digital signal processor connected to control said plural stationary transceivers and to receive said amplitude indicating signals , said processor being preprogrammed to perform the following steps : (1) determine the stationary transceivers which serve cells overlapping the cell C 1 served by a first stationary transceiver T 1 ; (2) multiply the levels of amplitude-indicating signals produced by locating receivers associated with said determined stationary transceivers by a weighting factor n less than one ; (3) add said multiplied levels to the level of the amplitude-indicating signal produced by the locating receiver associated with said first stationary transceiver T 1 to produce a sum ; (4) divide said sum by 1+ the product of n and the number of determined stationary transceivers to yield a value V 1 associated with said transceiver T 1 ; (5) repeat said functions (1)-(4) for each of said plural stationary transceivers T 2 -T N to yield corresponding values V 2 -V N associated with said transceivers T 2 -T N ; (6) select the largest of said values V 1 -V N ; and (7) control the stationary transceiver associated with said selected value to transmit signals (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) to and receive signals from said selected mobile transceiver . US4718081A CLAIM 19 . In a cellular radio telecommunications system (target communication terminal, target communication terminal issues, radio communication module, radio communication connection, radio communication control module, radio communication, performing communication, performing radio communication, communication control information, communication control module) of the type including plural stationary radio signal transceivers serving corresponding geographical areas , said system further including a mobile radio transceiver communicating radio signals with one of said plural stationary transceivers , an improved method of selecting a stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver comprising the steps of : (1) transmitting a radio signal from said mobile radio transceiver ; (2) receiving the signal transmitted by said mobile transceiver at each of said plural stationary transceivers ; (3) producing , at each stationary transceiver , a signal indicating the amplitude of said received signal ; (4) modifying the indicating signal produced by a first of said plural stationary transceivers serving a first geographical area in response to the indicating signals produced by stationary transceivers serving geographical areas nearby said first area ; (5) testing the level of said modified indicating signal ; and (6) selecting said first stationary transceiver to communicate radio signals with said mobile radio transceiver if said testing step reveals the level of said modified signal exceeds a predetermined level .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4670899A Filed: 1985-05-31 Issued: 1987-06-02 Load balancing for cellular radiotelephone system (Original Assignee) Northern Telecom Ltd; General Electric Co (Current Assignee) Nortel Networks Ltd ; Ericsson Inc ; General Electric Co George C. Brody, Francis K. Ma, Robert C. Nissen, Theodore Taylor, Raju Patel, Craig A. Ziesman
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (said determination) configured to store service information (base stations) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US4670899A CLAIM 2 . In a cellular mobile radio telephone communications system of the type including plural geographically-separated radio base stations (service information, using service information) serving corresponding plural discrete geographical cells , adjacent ones of said cells overlapping one another , each of said base stations including radio transceiver means for communicating over a prespecified plurality of voice communications channels allocated to the cell served thereby simultaneously and independently with a corresponding plurality of mobile radio transceivers located within the cell , an improvement comprising : determining , for at least one cell , a voice channel occupancy level indicating the number of voice communications channels allocated thereto being used for communications with respect to the total number of voice channels allocated thereto ; comparing said determined voice channel occupancy level of said cell with a predetermined threshold level ; and if said comparison reveals the voice channel occupancy level of said cell exceeds said threshold level , transferring communications from the base station serving the cell to the base station serving an adjacent cell . US4670899A CLAIM 3 . A central controller adapted for communicating control signals to/from plural stationary geographically-separated radio transceivers , said plural stationary transceivers of the type serving respective corresponding overlapping geographical areas and communicating radio signals to/from mobile radio transceivers located in said areas over radio communication (radio communication) s channels preallocated thereto , said central controller including a digital signal processor connected to communicate said control signals and programmed so as to perform the following functions : monitor the number of radio communications channels being used for communications by each of said plural stationary transceivers ; determine , for each stationary transceiver , a measure of the number of communications channels being used for communications with respect to the number of communications channels preallocated thereto ; and control stationary transceivers having high determined measures to shift communications to stationary transceivers having low determined measures and serving geographically-neighboring areas . US4670899A CLAIM 18 . A system as in claim 15 wherein : said first stationary transceiver includes means for measuring the RSSI value of radio signals transmitted by each of said mobile transceivers communicating with said first stationary transceiver and received by said first stationary transceiver ; said second stationary transceiver includes means for measuring the RSSI value of signals transmitted by a selected mobile transceiver and received by said second stationary transceiver ; and said controller means includes a digital signal processor preprogrammed to perform the following further functions : (a) determine if any RSSI value measured by said first stationary transceiver RSSI measuring means is less than a predetermined first RSSI value ; (b) control said second stationary transceiver measuring means to measure the RSSI value of signals transmitted by mobile transceivers revealed by said determination (information memory) to be transmitting signals having an RSSI value less than said predetermined first RSSI value as measured by said first stationary transceiver measuring means ; and (c) direct said mobile transceiver to retune to a communication channel preallocated to said second stationary transceiver if said RSSI value measured by said second stationary transceiver measuring means exceeds a predetermined second RSSI value associated with said second stationary transceiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information (base stations) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory (said determination) configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4670899A CLAIM 2 . In a cellular mobile radio telephone communications system of the type including plural geographically-separated radio base stations (service information, using service information) serving corresponding plural discrete geographical cells , adjacent ones of said cells overlapping one another , each of said base stations including radio transceiver means for communicating over a prespecified plurality of voice communications channels allocated to the cell served thereby simultaneously and independently with a corresponding plurality of mobile radio transceivers located within the cell , an improvement comprising : determining , for at least one cell , a voice channel occupancy level indicating the number of voice communications channels allocated thereto being used for communications with respect to the total number of voice channels allocated thereto ; comparing said determined voice channel occupancy level of said cell with a predetermined threshold level ; and if said comparison reveals the voice channel occupancy level of said cell exceeds said threshold level , transferring communications from the base station serving the cell to the base station serving an adjacent cell . US4670899A CLAIM 3 . A central controller adapted for communicating control signals to/from plural stationary geographically-separated radio transceivers , said plural stationary transceivers of the type serving respective corresponding overlapping geographical areas and communicating radio signals to/from mobile radio transceivers located in said areas over radio communication (radio communication) s channels preallocated thereto , said central controller including a digital signal processor connected to communicate said control signals and programmed so as to perform the following functions : monitor the number of radio communications channels being used for communications by each of said plural stationary transceivers ; determine , for each stationary transceiver , a measure of the number of communications channels being used for communications with respect to the number of communications channels preallocated thereto ; and control stationary transceivers having high determined measures to shift communications to stationary transceivers having low determined measures and serving geographically-neighboring areas . US4670899A CLAIM 18 . A system as in claim 15 wherein : said first stationary transceiver includes means for measuring the RSSI value of radio signals transmitted by each of said mobile transceivers communicating with said first stationary transceiver and received by said first stationary transceiver ; said second stationary transceiver includes means for measuring the RSSI value of signals transmitted by a selected mobile transceiver and received by said second stationary transceiver ; and said controller means includes a digital signal processor preprogrammed to perform the following further functions : (a) determine if any RSSI value measured by said first stationary transceiver RSSI measuring means is less than a predetermined first RSSI value ; (b) control said second stationary transceiver measuring means to measure the RSSI value of signals transmitted by mobile transceivers revealed by said determination (information memory) to be transmitting signals having an RSSI value less than said predetermined first RSSI value as measured by said first stationary transceiver measuring means ; and (c) direct said mobile transceiver to retune to a communication channel preallocated to said second stationary transceiver if said RSSI value measured by said second stationary transceiver measuring means exceeds a predetermined second RSSI value associated with said second stationary transceiver .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4670899A CLAIM 3 . A central controller adapted for communicating control signals to/from plural stationary geographically-separated radio transceivers , said plural stationary transceivers of the type serving respective corresponding overlapping geographical areas and communicating radio signals to/from mobile radio transceivers located in said areas over radio communication (radio communication) s channels preallocated thereto , said central controller including a digital signal processor connected to communicate said control signals and programmed so as to perform the following functions : monitor the number of radio communications channels being used for communications by each of said plural stationary transceivers ; determine , for each stationary transceiver , a measure of the number of communications channels being used for communications with respect to the number of communications channels preallocated thereto ; and control stationary transceivers having high determined measures to shift communications to stationary transceivers having low determined measures and serving geographically-neighboring areas .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (base stations) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US4670899A CLAIM 2 . In a cellular mobile radio telephone communications system of the type including plural geographically-separated radio base stations (service information, using service information) serving corresponding plural discrete geographical cells , adjacent ones of said cells overlapping one another , each of said base stations including radio transceiver means for communicating over a prespecified plurality of voice communications channels allocated to the cell served thereby simultaneously and independently with a corresponding plurality of mobile radio transceivers located within the cell , an improvement comprising : determining , for at least one cell , a voice channel occupancy level indicating the number of voice communications channels allocated thereto being used for communications with respect to the total number of voice channels allocated thereto ; comparing said determined voice channel occupancy level of said cell with a predetermined threshold level ; and if said comparison reveals the voice channel occupancy level of said cell exceeds said threshold level , transferring communications from the base station serving the cell to the base station serving an adjacent cell . US4670899A CLAIM 3 . A central controller adapted for communicating control signals to/from plural stationary geographically-separated radio transceivers , said plural stationary transceivers of the type serving respective corresponding overlapping geographical areas and communicating radio signals to/from mobile radio transceivers located in said areas over radio communication (radio communication) s channels preallocated thereto , said central controller including a digital signal processor connected to communicate said control signals and programmed so as to perform the following functions : monitor the number of radio communications channels being used for communications by each of said plural stationary transceivers ; determine , for each stationary transceiver , a measure of the number of communications channels being used for communications with respect to the number of communications channels preallocated thereto ; and control stationary transceivers having high determined measures to shift communications to stationary transceivers having low determined measures and serving geographically-neighboring areas .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4829554A Filed: 1985-01-31 Issued: 1989-05-09 Cellular mobile telephone system and method (Original Assignee) Harris Corp (Current Assignee) MLMC Ltd Michael Barnes, Kenneth L. Hagstrom, David F. Hayes, George Helm, Anthony Keane, Roger Pawlowski, Christopher Percival, Peter J. Poggi, Richard E. Rzepkowski, William Skiba
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (input terminals) over a network ; a service information memory (said sequence) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information (second zone, first zone) designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions (second zone, first zone) for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module (second zone, first zone) configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication (said operation) through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (reflected signal) .	US4829554A CLAIM 4 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 3 , wherein said test signal is transmitted by said cell station during a period of time prior to the interconnection of said voice channel to one of said trunk circuits by said routing control (communication connection) means . US4829554A CLAIM 7 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 6 , including means at each of the cell stations adjacent to the cell stations engaged in an established call with a mobile unit over a radio communication (radio communication) channel in a first one of a plurality of overlapping zones for monitoring the level of the signal received from the mobile unit on the established call ; means at said central control station : for determining from the monitored signal levels that said mobile unit is leaving said first zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) and entering a second zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) , for selecting a second and idle voice channel and its associated voice circuit in said second zone ; for switching said established call onto two ports of a conference bridge circuit ; for switching said second voice circuit onto a third port of said conference bridge circuit ; for transmitting a signal over said data link to said first cell station to direct said mobile unit to re-establish the call through said second cell station on said second voice channel ; for monitoring the signals transmitted by said mobile unit on said second voice channel to determine when the mobile has re-established the call ; for idling the first voice channel ; and for disconnecting said first voice circuit from the conference bridge circuit . US4829554A CLAIM 10 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 9 wherein said mobile unit includes : a mouthpiece for converting voice into electrical signals in a single wire transmission system , an earpiece for converting electrical signals in a single wire receiver system into voice , a transmitter buss buffer electrically connected to said mouthpiece for converting a single wire transmission system into a two wire transmission system , and a receiver buss buffer electrically connected to said earpiece for converting a single wire receiver system into a two wire receiver system , an operational amplifier ; means for electrically connecting the two wires of the two wire transmission system to the input terminals (target communication terminal) of said operation (performing communication, performing radio communication) al amplifier ; and means for electrically connecting the output terminal of said operational amplifier to said earpiece , to thereby provide a sidetone signal to the earpiece . US4829554A CLAIM 44 . The cell station as defined in claim 32 including a radio frequency link test circuit comprising : detection means to detect the forward and reflected signal (determination result) from said transmit antenna means ; first measuring means to measure the forward signal strength of said transmit antenna means ; second measuring means to measure the reflected signal strength of said transmit antenna means , said first and second measuring means responding to directions from said telephone switch and providing measurements of said forward and reflected signal strengths to said telephone switch ; oscillator means providing an output signal ; means to combine said output signal from the oscillator and said forward signal of said transmit antenna means to form a new signal , said new signal being transmitted from said transmit antenna means and received on said receiver antenna means ; third measuring means to measure the signal strength of said new signal received on said receiver antenna means , whereby when said transmit antenna transmits with said radio frequency link test circuit engaged , readings or forward and reflected signal strength and of received signal strength are available to said telephone switch . US4829554A CLAIM 52 . The mobile telephone system of claim 1 wherein one of said mobile telephone units comprises : computer means for processing control signals communicating with said control signal providing means and said control signal detecting means ; memory in said computer means for storing a sequence of figures ; and abort means for terminating said computer means processing unless said sequence (service information memory, service memory) of figures is input by one of said control signal providing means and said control signal detecting means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal (input terminals) through radio ; a service memory (said sequence) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory (include means) configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4829554A CLAIM 4 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 3 , wherein said test signal is transmitted by said cell station during a period of time prior to the interconnection of said voice channel to one of said trunk circuits by said routing control (communication connection) means . US4829554A CLAIM 7 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 6 , including means at each of the cell stations adjacent to the cell stations engaged in an established call with a mobile unit over a radio communication (radio communication) channel in a first one of a plurality of overlapping zones for monitoring the level of the signal received from the mobile unit on the established call ; means at said central control station : for determining from the monitored signal levels that said mobile unit is leaving said first zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) and entering a second zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) , for selecting a second and idle voice channel and its associated voice circuit in said second zone ; for switching said established call onto two ports of a conference bridge circuit ; for switching said second voice circuit onto a third port of said conference bridge circuit ; for transmitting a signal over said data link to said first cell station to direct said mobile unit to re-establish the call through said second cell station on said second voice channel ; for monitoring the signals transmitted by said mobile unit on said second voice channel to determine when the mobile has re-established the call ; for idling the first voice channel ; and for disconnecting said first voice circuit from the conference bridge circuit . US4829554A CLAIM 10 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 9 wherein said mobile unit includes : a mouthpiece for converting voice into electrical signals in a single wire transmission system , an earpiece for converting electrical signals in a single wire receiver system into voice , a transmitter buss buffer electrically connected to said mouthpiece for converting a single wire transmission system into a two wire transmission system , and a receiver buss buffer electrically connected to said earpiece for converting a single wire receiver system into a two wire receiver system , an operational amplifier ; means for electrically connecting the two wires of the two wire transmission system to the input terminals (target communication terminal) of said operational amplifier ; and means for electrically connecting the output terminal of said operational amplifier to said earpiece , to thereby provide a sidetone signal to the earpiece . US4829554A CLAIM 14 . The mobile communication system of claim 12 wherein said cell station includes means for applying to one of said voice circuits a signal indicating that a requested mobile unit is ringing ; and wherein said mobile units include means (temporary memory) for generating a ringing signal indicating that a telephone call is waiting . US4829554A CLAIM 52 . The mobile telephone system of claim 1 wherein one of said mobile telephone units comprises : computer means for processing control signals communicating with said control signal providing means and said control signal detecting means ; memory in said computer means for storing a sequence of figures ; and abort means for terminating said computer means processing unless said sequence (service information memory, service memory) of figures is input by one of said control signal providing means and said control signal detecting means .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command (signal output) for detecting the target communication terminal (input terminals) issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4829554A CLAIM 10 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 9 wherein said mobile unit includes : a mouthpiece for converting voice into electrical signals in a single wire transmission system , an earpiece for converting electrical signals in a single wire receiver system into voice , a transmitter buss buffer electrically connected to said mouthpiece for converting a single wire transmission system into a two wire transmission system , and a receiver buss buffer electrically connected to said earpiece for converting a single wire receiver system into a two wire receiver system , an operational amplifier ; means for electrically connecting the two wires of the two wire transmission system to the input terminals (target communication terminal) of said operational amplifier ; and means for electrically connecting the output terminal of said operational amplifier to said earpiece , to thereby provide a sidetone signal to the earpiece . US4829554A CLAIM 13 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 12 wherein said cell station includes : control means for dynamically selecting one of said RIMs to apply paging signals to its associated transceiver , control means for dynamically selecting one of said RIMS to monitor the strength of signals received on its associated transceiver over the radio communication channels ; a plurality of tuning means for tuning the output signal from one of said transceivers to a predetermined frequency ; a combiner for combining the plurality of tuned signals into a single transmission signal ; a transmission antenna for transmitting said single transmission signal , and switching means for dynamically switching the signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) from one of said transceivers from one to another of said tuning means to provide a backup for the control channel .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (signal output) that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection (routing control) or a disconnection to the target communication terminal (input terminals) , the variation status is designated based on a power level (circuit to provide control) of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4829554A CLAIM 4 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 3 , wherein said test signal is transmitted by said cell station during a period of time prior to the interconnection of said voice channel to one of said trunk circuits by said routing control (communication connection) means . US4829554A CLAIM 7 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 6 , including means at each of the cell stations adjacent to the cell stations engaged in an established call with a mobile unit over a radio communication (radio communication) channel in a first one of a plurality of overlapping zones for monitoring the level of the signal received from the mobile unit on the established call ; means at said central control station : for determining from the monitored signal levels that said mobile unit is leaving said first zone and entering a second zone , for selecting a second and idle voice channel and its associated voice circuit in said second zone ; for switching said established call onto two ports of a conference bridge circuit ; for switching said second voice circuit onto a third port of said conference bridge circuit ; for transmitting a signal over said data link to said first cell station to direct said mobile unit to re-establish the call through said second cell station on said second voice channel ; for monitoring the signals transmitted by said mobile unit on said second voice channel to determine when the mobile has re-established the call ; for idling the first voice channel ; and for disconnecting said first voice circuit from the conference bridge circuit . US4829554A CLAIM 10 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 9 wherein said mobile unit includes : a mouthpiece for converting voice into electrical signals in a single wire transmission system , an earpiece for converting electrical signals in a single wire receiver system into voice , a transmitter buss buffer electrically connected to said mouthpiece for converting a single wire transmission system into a two wire transmission system , and a receiver buss buffer electrically connected to said earpiece for converting a single wire receiver system into a two wire receiver system , an operational amplifier ; means for electrically connecting the two wires of the two wire transmission system to the input terminals (target communication terminal) of said operational amplifier ; and means for electrically connecting the output terminal of said operational amplifier to said earpiece , to thereby provide a sidetone signal to the earpiece . US4829554A CLAIM 13 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 12 wherein said cell station includes : control means for dynamically selecting one of said RIMs to apply paging signals to its associated transceiver , control means for dynamically selecting one of said RIMS to monitor the strength of signals received on its associated transceiver over the radio communication channels ; a plurality of tuning means for tuning the output signal from one of said transceivers to a predetermined frequency ; a combiner for combining the plurality of tuned signals into a single transmission signal ; a transmission antenna for transmitting said single transmission signal , and switching means for dynamically switching the signal output (detecting command, disconnection discriminating conditions) from one of said transceivers from one to another of said tuning means to provide a backup for the control channel . US4829554A CLAIM 45 . The cell station as defined in claim 32 including : generator means for generating a signal tone ; an audio control circuit to provide control (power level) signals ; a transmit audio processor for receiving first voice signals from said telephone switch and for processing said first voice signals in accordance with predetermined specifications ; combining means for adding said signal tone and said control signals to the processed voice signals and for providing the summed signal to said transceiver ; a receive audio processor for receiving second voice signals from said transceiver , and for processing said second voice signals in accordance with predetermined specifications ; and driver means to provide said second voice signals to said telephone switch .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal (input terminals) over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information (second zone, first zone) that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US4829554A CLAIM 4 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 3 , wherein said test signal is transmitted by said cell station during a period of time prior to the interconnection of said voice channel to one of said trunk circuits by said routing control (communication connection) means . US4829554A CLAIM 7 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 6 , including means at each of the cell stations adjacent to the cell stations engaged in an established call with a mobile unit over a radio communication (radio communication) channel in a first one of a plurality of overlapping zones for monitoring the level of the signal received from the mobile unit on the established call ; means at said central control station : for determining from the monitored signal levels that said mobile unit is leaving said first zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) and entering a second zone (communication control information, communication conditions, communication control module, radio communication control module, communication control information designating module) , for selecting a second and idle voice channel and its associated voice circuit in said second zone ; for switching said established call onto two ports of a conference bridge circuit ; for switching said second voice circuit onto a third port of said conference bridge circuit ; for transmitting a signal over said data link to said first cell station to direct said mobile unit to re-establish the call through said second cell station on said second voice channel ; for monitoring the signals transmitted by said mobile unit on said second voice channel to determine when the mobile has re-established the call ; for idling the first voice channel ; and for disconnecting said first voice circuit from the conference bridge circuit . US4829554A CLAIM 10 . The mobile radio telephone system of claim 9 wherein said mobile unit includes : a mouthpiece for converting voice into electrical signals in a single wire transmission system , an earpiece for converting electrical signals in a single wire receiver system into voice , a transmitter buss buffer electrically connected to said mouthpiece for converting a single wire transmission system into a two wire transmission system , and a receiver buss buffer electrically connected to said earpiece for converting a single wire receiver system into a two wire receiver system , an operational amplifier ; means for electrically connecting the two wires of the two wire transmission system to the input terminals (target communication terminal) of said operation (performing communication, performing radio communication) al amplifier ; and means for electrically connecting the output terminal of said operational amplifier to said earpiece , to thereby provide a sidetone signal to the earpiece .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4701946A Filed: 1984-10-23 Issued: 1987-10-20 Device for controlling the application of power to a computer (Original Assignee) Oliva Raymond A; Metz Joseph S Raymond A. Oliva, Joseph S. Metz
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US4701946A CLAIM 12 . Apparatus for use with a computer and a modem external to the computer for controlling the application of power to the computer , the computer having a power input adapted to receive power from an electrical power source and providing a computer-reasdy signal having a " ; true" ; state indicating the computer is ready for communication , and the modem being adapted to be coupled to a communication medium such as a phone line and being further adapted to receive said computer-ready signal , whereby said modem is in an active state for interfacing with a remote communications device when said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; said modem including means for interfacing with a remote communication device (communication device) over said communication medium , the apparatus comprising : power switching means , adapted to be interposed between the power source and said power input , for controlling the flow of power from the power source to the power input , said power switching means being responsive to a control signal , the assertion of which permits power to flow and the withdrawal of which prevents power from flowing ; and logic means , coupled to said power switching means , for controlling said power switching means , said logic means being responsive to said computer-ready signal and to a modem-ready signal from said modem having a " ; true" ; state indicating an interface with another communication device has been established , said logic means operating as follows : (a) if said modem-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal , (b) if said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal and to communicate said " ; true" ; value of said computer-ready signal to the modem , said logic means thereafter communicating the actual value of said computer-ready signal to the modem at least until the modem transmits a " ; false" ; modem-ready signal to the logic means , and (c) if both said modem-ready signal and computer-ready signal are " ; false , " ; to withdraw said control signal and to communicate a fake " ; true" ; value for said computer-ready signal to the modem to keep the modem in an active state .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device (communication device) , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4701946A CLAIM 12 . Apparatus for use with a computer and a modem external to the computer for controlling the application of power to the computer , the computer having a power input adapted to receive power from an electrical power source and providing a computer-reasdy signal having a " ; true" ; state indicating the computer is ready for communication , and the modem being adapted to be coupled to a communication medium such as a phone line and being further adapted to receive said computer-ready signal , whereby said modem is in an active state for interfacing with a remote communications device when said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; said modem including means for interfacing with a remote communication device (communication device) over said communication medium , the apparatus comprising : power switching means , adapted to be interposed between the power source and said power input , for controlling the flow of power from the power source to the power input , said power switching means being responsive to a control signal , the assertion of which permits power to flow and the withdrawal of which prevents power from flowing ; and logic means , coupled to said power switching means , for controlling said power switching means , said logic means being responsive to said computer-ready signal and to a modem-ready signal from said modem having a " ; true" ; state indicating an interface with another communication device has been established , said logic means operating as follows : (a) if said modem-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal , (b) if said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal and to communicate said " ; true" ; value of said computer-ready signal to the modem , said logic means thereafter communicating the actual value of said computer-ready signal to the modem at least until the modem transmits a " ; false" ; modem-ready signal to the logic means , and (c) if both said modem-ready signal and computer-ready signal are " ; false , " ; to withdraw said control signal and to communicate a fake " ; true" ; value for said computer-ready signal to the modem to keep the modem in an active state .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions (one line) based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4701946A CLAIM 12 . Apparatus for use with a computer and a modem external to the computer for controlling the application of power to the computer , the computer having a power input adapted to receive power from an electrical power source and providing a computer-reasdy signal having a " ; true" ; state indicating the computer is ready for communication , and the modem being adapted to be coupled to a communication medium such as a phone line (disconnection discriminating conditions) and being further adapted to receive said computer-ready signal , whereby said modem is in an active state for interfacing with a remote communications device when said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; said modem including means for interfacing with a remote communication device (communication device) over said communication medium , the apparatus comprising : power switching means , adapted to be interposed between the power source and said power input , for controlling the flow of power from the power source to the power input , said power switching means being responsive to a control signal , the assertion of which permits power to flow and the withdrawal of which prevents power from flowing ; and logic means , coupled to said power switching means , for controlling said power switching means , said logic means being responsive to said computer-ready signal and to a modem-ready signal from said modem having a " ; true" ; state indicating an interface with another communication device has been established , said logic means operating as follows : (a) if said modem-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal , (b) if said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal and to communicate said " ; true" ; value of said computer-ready signal to the modem , said logic means thereafter communicating the actual value of said computer-ready signal to the modem at least until the modem transmits a " ; false" ; modem-ready signal to the logic means , and (c) if both said modem-ready signal and computer-ready signal are " ; false , " ; to withdraw said control signal and to communicate a fake " ; true" ; value for said computer-ready signal to the modem to keep the modem in an active state .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device (communication device) according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions (one line) that define a variation status of the radio communication connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4701946A CLAIM 12 . Apparatus for use with a computer and a modem external to the computer for controlling the application of power to the computer , the computer having a power input adapted to receive power from an electrical power source and providing a computer-reasdy signal having a " ; true" ; state indicating the computer is ready for communication , and the modem being adapted to be coupled to a communication medium such as a phone line (disconnection discriminating conditions) and being further adapted to receive said computer-ready signal , whereby said modem is in an active state for interfacing with a remote communications device when said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; said modem including means for interfacing with a remote communication device (communication device) over said communication medium , the apparatus comprising : power switching means , adapted to be interposed between the power source and said power input , for controlling the flow of power from the power source to the power input , said power switching means being responsive to a control signal , the assertion of which permits power to flow and the withdrawal of which prevents power from flowing ; and logic means , coupled to said power switching means , for controlling said power switching means , said logic means being responsive to said computer-ready signal and to a modem-ready signal from said modem having a " ; true" ; state indicating an interface with another communication device has been established , said logic means operating as follows : (a) if said modem-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal , (b) if said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal and to communicate said " ; true" ; value of said computer-ready signal to the modem , said logic means thereafter communicating the actual value of said computer-ready signal to the modem at least until the modem transmits a " ; false" ; modem-ready signal to the logic means , and (c) if both said modem-ready signal and computer-ready signal are " ; false , " ; to withdraw said control signal and to communicate a fake " ; true" ; value for said computer-ready signal to the modem to keep the modem in an active state .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device (communication device) that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US4701946A CLAIM 12 . Apparatus for use with a computer and a modem external to the computer for controlling the application of power to the computer , the computer having a power input adapted to receive power from an electrical power source and providing a computer-reasdy signal having a " ; true" ; state indicating the computer is ready for communication , and the modem being adapted to be coupled to a communication medium such as a phone line and being further adapted to receive said computer-ready signal , whereby said modem is in an active state for interfacing with a remote communications device when said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; said modem including means for interfacing with a remote communication device (communication device) over said communication medium , the apparatus comprising : power switching means , adapted to be interposed between the power source and said power input , for controlling the flow of power from the power source to the power input , said power switching means being responsive to a control signal , the assertion of which permits power to flow and the withdrawal of which prevents power from flowing ; and logic means , coupled to said power switching means , for controlling said power switching means , said logic means being responsive to said computer-ready signal and to a modem-ready signal from said modem having a " ; true" ; state indicating an interface with another communication device has been established , said logic means operating as follows : (a) if said modem-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal , (b) if said computer-ready signal is " ; true , " ; to assert said control signal and to communicate said " ; true" ; value of said computer-ready signal to the modem , said logic means thereafter communicating the actual value of said computer-ready signal to the modem at least until the modem transmits a " ; false" ; modem-ready signal to the logic means , and (c) if both said modem-ready signal and computer-ready signal are " ; false , " ; to withdraw said control signal and to communicate a fake " ; true" ; value for said computer-ready signal to the modem to keep the modem in an active state .

US7184707B2 Filed: 2000-07-06 Issued: 2007-02-27 Communication device and a method for controlling the communication device (Original Assignee) Toshiba Corp (Current Assignee) 2bcom LLC Masahiro Tada, Ikuo Sako, Koichi Yata	US4398296A Filed: 1981-03-04 Issued: 1983-08-09 Communication systems (Original Assignee) SECRETARY OF STATE FOR DEFENCE OF UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND WHITEHALL LONDON SW1A 2HB ENGLAND; UK Secretary of State for Defence (Current Assignee) UK Secretary of State for Defence Geoffrey F. Gott, Paul Doany, Majid Sepehri
US7184707B2 CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ; a service information memory (one band) (one band) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ; and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information (one frequency) stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information (one band) read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result .	US4398296A CLAIM 1 . A receiver for a radio communication (radio communication) s system in which first and second signals relating to message information are sequentially transmitted at different frequencies to said receiver , said receiver receiving and detecting said first and second signals in sequence and further including an interference assessment circuit for monitoring during reception and detection of said first signal at least one frequency (radio communication module, radio communication control module, communication controlling information) band including said second signal and to estimate the levels of any interfering signals in said at least one band (service information memory, service memory, information memory, using service information) and an adaptive filter connected to said interference assessment circuit whereby said circuit controls the response of said filter , and wherein said adaptive filter receives said first and second signals in sequence and to attenuates interfering signals in a frequency band including the first signal in accordance with the interference signal levels estimated by said interference assessment circuit .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 2 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication (radio communication) module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal through radio ; a service memory (one band) configured to store service information so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ; a temporary memory configured to temporarily store service information used in an established target communication terminal for communication ; a designating module configured to designate , through a registration interface , communication controlling information (one frequency) defining conditions for discriminating between a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ; a communication controlling information memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a memory configured to store the communication controlling information designated by the designating module ; a discriminating module configured to determine whether a status of the radio communication connection with a target communication terminal is a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information in the communication controlling information memory , to transfer the service information from the service memory to the temporary memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the connection status , and to transfer the service information from the temporary memory to the service memory when the status of the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is the disconnection status ; and a radio communication control module configured to perform the predetermined functions with the target communication terminal when the service information is stored in the temporary memory .	US4398296A CLAIM 1 . A receiver for a radio communication (radio communication) s system in which first and second signals relating to message information are sequentially transmitted at different frequencies to said receiver , said receiver receiving and detecting said first and second signals in sequence and further including an interference assessment circuit for monitoring during reception and detection of said first signal at least one frequency (radio communication module, radio communication control module, communication controlling information) band including said second signal and to estimate the levels of any interfering signals in said at least one band (service information memory, service memory, information memory, using service information) and an adaptive filter connected to said interference assessment circuit whereby said circuit controls the response of said filter , and wherein said adaptive filter receives said first and second signals in sequence and to attenuates interfering signals in a frequency band including the first signal in accordance with the interference signal levels estimated by said interference assessment circuit .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 3 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (one frequency) includes connection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a detecting command for detecting the target communication terminal issues during a predetermined period and disconnection discriminating conditions based on the number of times a confirming command for confirming the connection to the target communication terminal issues during the predetermined period .	US4398296A CLAIM 1 . A receiver for a radio communications system in which first and second signals relating to message information are sequentially transmitted at different frequencies to said receiver , said receiver receiving and detecting said first and second signals in sequence and further including an interference assessment circuit for monitoring during reception and detection of said first signal at least one frequency (radio communication module, radio communication control module, communication controlling information) band including said second signal and to estimate the levels of any interfering signals in said at least one band and an adaptive filter connected to said interference assessment circuit whereby said circuit controls the response of said filter , and wherein said adaptive filter receives said first and second signals in sequence and to attenuates interfering signals in a frequency band including the first signal in accordance with the interference signal levels estimated by said interference assessment circuit .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 4 . The communication device according to claim 1 or claim 2 , wherein : the communication controlling information (one frequency) includes connection and disconnection discriminating conditions that define a variation status of the radio communication (radio communication) connection for indicating a communication connection or a disconnection to the target communication terminal , the variation status is designated based on a power level of radio waves measured within a predetermined period .	US4398296A CLAIM 1 . A receiver for a radio communication (radio communication) s system in which first and second signals relating to message information are sequentially transmitted at different frequencies to said receiver , said receiver receiving and detecting said first and second signals in sequence and further including an interference assessment circuit for monitoring during reception and detection of said first signal at least one frequency (radio communication module, radio communication control module, communication controlling information) band including said second signal and to estimate the levels of any interfering signals in said at least one band and an adaptive filter connected to said interference assessment circuit whereby said circuit controls the response of said filter , and wherein said adaptive filter receives said first and second signals in sequence and to attenuates interfering signals in a frequency band including the first signal in accordance with the interference signal levels estimated by said interference assessment circuit .
US7184707B2 CLAIM 5 . A method for controlling a communication device that exchanges data with a target communication terminal over a network , the communication device having a memory for storing various types of data , the method comprising : designating , by a user of the communication device , communication control information that defines discriminating conditions for discriminating between establishing a new radio communication (radio communication) connection between the communication device and a target communication terminal and disconnecting a radio communication connection established between the communication device and the target communication terminal ; storing , in the memory , the designated communication control information ; judging whether the radio communication connection between the communication device and the target communication terminal is in a connection state or a disconnection state based on the designated communication control information ; and performing radio communication with the target communication terminal by using service information (one band) that executes predetermined functions between the communication device and the target communication terminal , the service information being stored in memory based on a discrimination result .	US4398296A CLAIM 1 . A receiver for a radio communication (radio communication) s system in which first and second signals relating to message information are sequentially transmitted at different frequencies to said receiver , said receiver receiving and detecting said first and second signals in sequence and further including an interference assessment circuit for monitoring during reception and detection of said first signal at least one frequency band including said second signal and to estimate the levels of any interfering signals in said at least one band (service information memory, service memory, information memory, using service information) and an adaptive filter connected to said interference assessment circuit whereby said circuit controls the response of said filter , and wherein said adaptive filter receives said first and second signals in sequence and to attenuates interfering signals in a frequency band including the first signal in accordance with the interference signal levels estimated by said interference assessment circuit .

JP2917966B2

Filed: 1997-05-16 Issued: 1999-07-12

多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式

(Original Assignee) 日本電気株式会社

康治関根

US7184707B2
CLAIM 1 . A communication device , comprising : a radio communication module configured to exchange data with a target communication terminal over a network ;

a service information memory configured to store service information (前記各) so that predetermined functions can be performed with the target communication terminal ;

a communication control information designating module configured to designate , by a user of the communication device , communication conditions for a newly established radio communication connection with the target communication terminal or for discriminating a disconnection of an existing radio communication connection with the target communication terminal ;

a memory configured to store the communication conditions designated by the communication control information designating module ;

and a communication control module configured to determine whether the radio communication connection with the target communication terminal is in a connection status or a disconnection status based on the communication controlling information stored in the memory , and performing communication through the radio communication module by using service information read from the service information memory in accordance with the determination result (検索結果) .

JP2917966B2
CLAIM 2 【請求項２】Ｍ本の入線とＮ本の出線（ただし、Ｍ、Ｎは自然数）とを選択して接続するＭ×Ｎのスイッチサイズを持ち、Ｓ段（ただし、Ｓは自然数）の段数から構成され、各単体スイッチ間が一定の規則に基づいて、固定的にクロス接続されている多段スイッチにおいて、各単体スイッチと多段スイッチの接続情報を格納するメモリ部に格納された多段スイッチ全体の接続情報と、各単体スイッチのスイッチ部の接続状態とを検索し、前記多段スイッチのｃ段目（ただし、ｃ≦Ｓ−１）のスイッチの出力端子とｃ＋１段目のスイッチの入力端子が論理的に接続されることを利用して、前記検索結果 (determination result, discrimination result) から多段スイッチ全体の接続情報を生成し、前記生成した多段スイッチの接続情報と予め前記メモリ部に格納されている接続情報を比較し、これにより、各単体スイッチに設定されている接続経路を誤って切断してしまうことを防ぐ、ようにしたことを特徴とする、多段スイッチの接続情報チェック方式。